diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po | 1150 |
1 files changed, 575 insertions, 575 deletions
diff --git a/source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po b/source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po index f550355264f..6261edf1351 100644 --- a/source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po +++ b/source/zh-CN/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 20:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-02-02 07:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-02-23 21:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dian LI <xslidian@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n" "X-Generator: Pootle 2.8\n" -"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1549092065.000000\n" +"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1550958356.000000\n" #: 01120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id5027008\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">To exit the print preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">要退出打印预览，请单击<emph>关闭打印预览</emph>按钮。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">要退出打印预览，请点击「<emph>关闭打印预览</emph>」按钮。</ahelp>" #: 01120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151187\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\"><emph>邮件合并</emph>对话框可用户制作并打印“格式信函”。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\"><emph>邮件合并</emph>对话框可用户制作并打印「格式信函」。</ahelp></variable>" #: 01150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3151260\n" "help.text" msgid "From:" -msgstr "从：" +msgstr "从:" #: 01150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3153631\n" "help.text" msgid "To:" -msgstr "至：" +msgstr "至:" #: 01150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149829\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field\">Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field\">使用选定的数据字段的内容作为“格式信函”的文件名。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field\">使用选中的数据字段的内容作为「格式信函」的文件名。</ahelp>" #: 01150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153667\n" "help.text" msgid "Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style are included." -msgstr "输入要在新的演示文稿中包括的大纲级数。例如，如果您选择一级，则包括“标题 1”段落样式之后的段落。" +msgstr "输入要在新的演示文稿中包括的大纲级数。例如，如果您选择一级，则包括「标题 1」段落样式之后的段落。" #: 01160400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149802\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">显示或隐藏“导航”窗口，通过“导航”窗口可以快速地在文档中的各个位置进行跳转。使用“导航”窗口可以从当前文档或其它打开的文档中插入元素，还可以管理主控文档。</ahelp>要编辑“导航”窗口中的某项，请在该项上单击鼠标右键，然后从右键菜单中选择命令。如果需要，也可以将“导航”<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">停靠</link>在工作空间的边缘。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">显示或隐藏「导航」窗口，通过「导航」窗口可以快速地在文档中的各个位置进行跳转。使用「导航」窗口可以从当前文档或其它打开的文档中插入元素，还可以管理主控文档。</ahelp>要编辑「导航」窗口中的某项，请在该项上点击鼠标右键，然后从右键菜单中选择命令。如果需要，也可以将「导航」<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">停靠</link>在工作空间的边缘。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154475\n" "help.text" msgid "To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator." -msgstr "要打开“导航”，请选择 <emph>视图 - 导航</emph>。要移动“导航”，请拖动其标题栏。要固定“导航”，请将其标题栏拖到工作区的左边或右边。要取消固定“导航”，请按住 Ctrl 键并双击“导航”的空白区域。" +msgstr "要打开「导航」，请选择「<emph>视图 - 导航</emph>」。要移动「导航」，请拖动其标题栏。要固定「导航」，请将其标题栏拖到工作区的左边或右边。要取消固定「导航」，请按住 Ctrl 键并双击「导航」的空白区域。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149490\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator." -msgstr "单击“导航”中某个分类旁边的加号 (+) 可以查看分类中的项。要查看类别中的项目个数，将鼠标指针停留在“导航”中的类别上。要跳转到文档中的某个项，请在“导航”中双击该项。" +msgstr "点击「导航」中某个分类旁边的加号 (+) 可以查看分类中的项。要查看类别中的项目个数，将鼠标指针停留在「导航」中的类别上。要跳转到文档中的某个项，请在「导航」中双击该项。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149106\n" "help.text" msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows." -msgstr "要跳转到文档的下一项或上一项，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>图标打开“导航”工具栏，单击项目类别，然后单击向下或向上箭头键。" +msgstr "要跳转到文档的下一项或上一项，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>图标打开「导航」工具栏，点击项目类别，然后点击向下或向上箭头键。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155136\n" "help.text" msgid "A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text \"hidden\" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes." -msgstr "文档中隐藏的区域在“导航”中呈灰色，鼠标指针在其上停留时，将显示文字“已隐藏”。对于文档中未使用的页面样式的页眉和页脚内容，以及表格、文本框、图形、OLE 对象和目录中隐藏的内容，同样会显示此提示。" +msgstr "文档中隐藏的区域在「导航」中呈灰色，鼠标指针在其上停留时，将显示文字「已隐藏」。对于文档中未使用的页面样式的页眉和页脚内容，以及表格、文本框、图形、OLE 对象和目录中隐藏的内容，同样会显示此提示。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150558\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开<emph>导航</emph>工具栏，可以在其中快速跳转到选定类别中的下一个项目或上一个项目。选择类别，然后单击“前一项”和“下一项”箭头。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>工具栏，可以在其中快速跳转到选定类别中的下一个项目或上一个项目。选择类别，然后单击“前一项”和“下一项”箭头。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开「<emph>导航</emph>」工具栏，可以在其中快速跳转到选中类别中的下一个项目或上一个项目。选择类别，然后点击「前一项」和「下一项」箭头。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>工具栏，可以在其中快速跳转到选中类别中的下一个项目或上一个项目。选择类别，然后点击「前一项」和「下一项」箭头。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149838\n" "help.text" msgid "To continue the search, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar." -msgstr "要继续查找，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"重复查找\"><emph>重复查找</emph></link>图标，此图标在<emph>导航</emph>工具栏内。" +msgstr "要继续查找，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"重复查找\"><emph>重复查找</emph></link>图标，此图标在「<emph>导航</emph>」工具栏内。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148784\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\".</ahelp> Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\"." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳转到该文档的上一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请单击<emph>导航</emph>图标，然后单击项目类别。例如，”图像“。</ahelp> 跳转到该文档的上一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">导航</link>图标，然后单击项目类别。例如，”图像“。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳转到该文档的上一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请点击「<emph>导航</emph>」图标，然后点击项目类别。例如，」图像「。</ahelp> 跳转到该文档的上一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">导航</link>图标，然后点击项目类别。例如，」图像「。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154028\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\".</ahelp> Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Images\"." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳转到该文档的下一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\"><emph>导航</emph>图标，然后单击项目类别。例如，”图像“。</ahelp> 跳转到该文档的下一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">导航</link>图标，然后单击项目类别。例如，”图像“。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳转到该文档的下一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\"><emph>导航</emph>图标，然后点击项目类别。例如，」图像「。</ahelp> 跳转到该文档的下一个项目。要指定项目的类型，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">导航</link>图标，然后点击项目类别。例如，」图像「。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145596\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root\">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root\">在导航窗口上进行“显示所有类别”与“显示选择的类别”之间切换。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/root\">在导航窗口上进行「显示所有类别」与「显示选择的类别」之间切换。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155932\n" "help.text" msgid "To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the \"Headings\" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents." -msgstr "要快速重新排列文档中的标题及其相关文本，请在列表中选择“标题”类别，然后单击<emph>内容视图</emph>图标。现在可使用拖放功能重新排列各项内容。" +msgstr "要快速重新排列文档中的标题及其相关文本，请在列表中选择「标题」类别，然后点击「<emph>内容视图</emph>」图标。现在可使用拖放功能重新排列各项内容。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153011\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp> Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">单击此处可以在光标当前所在的位置设置提醒。您可以定义最多五个提醒。要跳转到某个提醒，请单击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\"><emph>导航</emph></link>」图标，在「<emph>导航</emph>」窗口中单击「<emph>提醒</emph>」图标，然后单击「<emph>上一提醒</emph>」或「<emph>下一提醒</emph>」按钮。</ahelp>单击此处可以在当前光标位置设置提醒。您最多可以定义五个提醒。要跳转到某个提醒，请单击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>」图标，在「导航」窗口中单击「提醒」图标，然后单击「上一提醒」或「下一提醒」按钮。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">点击此处可以在光标当前所在的位置设置提醒。您可以定义最多五个提醒。要跳转到某个提醒，请点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\"><emph>导航</emph></link>」图标，在「<emph>导航</emph>」窗口中点击「<emph>提醒</emph>」图标，然后点击「<emph>上一提醒</emph>」或「<emph>下一提醒</emph>」按钮。</ahelp>点击此处可以在当前光标位置设置提醒。您最多可以定义五个提醒。要跳转到某个提醒，请点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>」图标，在「导航」窗口中点击「提醒」图标，然后点击「上一提醒」或「下一提醒」按钮。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155828\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode\">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode\">设置从“导航”向文档插入项目的拖放选项，例如作为超链接插入。单击此图标，然后选择要使用的选项。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode\">设置从「导航」向文档插入项目的拖放选项，例如作为超链接插入。点击此图标，然后选择要使用的选项。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150954\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">将某个项目拖放到当前文档中时，创建超链接。单击文档中的超链接，跳转到此超链接指向的项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">将某个项目拖放到当前文档中时，创建超链接。点击文档中的超链接，跳转到此超链接指向的项目。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154371\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">在当前文档中拖放的位置将选定项目作为链接插入。文字将作为受保护的区域插入。链接的内容会自动随源文件的修改而更新。要手动更新文档中的链接，请选择<emph>工具 - 更新 - 链接</emph>。不能为图形、OLE 对象、引用和索引创建链接。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">在当前文档中拖放的位置将选中项目作为链接插入。文字将作为受保护的区域插入。链接的内容会自动随源文件的修改而更新。要手动更新文档中的链接，请选择「<emph>工具 - 更新 - 链接</emph>」。不能为图形、OLE 对象、引用和索引创建链接。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155589\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">在当前文档中拖放的位置插入选定项目的副本。您无法拖放图形、OLE 对象、引用和索引的副本。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">在当前文档中拖放的位置插入选中项目的副本。您无法拖放图形、OLE 对象、引用和索引的副本。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150529\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings\">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings\">单击此图标，然后选择要在“导航”窗口显示的大纲级别。</ahelp>您也可以在“导航”窗口的某个标题上单击鼠标右键访问此命令。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/headings\">点击此图标，然后选择要在「导航」窗口显示的大纲级别。</ahelp>您也可以在「导航」窗口的某个标题上点击鼠标右键访问此命令。" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148826\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings (chapter heading) in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">单击 <emph>1 </emph>可以在导航窗口中只显示大纲（章节标题）的第一级。单击 <emph>10</emph> 可显示所有级别。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">点击 <emph>1 </emph>可以在导航窗口中只显示大纲（章节标题）的第一级。点击 <emph>10</emph> 可显示所有级别。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145587\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup\">将选定的标题，以及该标题下的文本内容，在“导航”窗口和文档中向上移动一个标题位置。如果想要仅只移动选定的标题，而不移动与之关联的文本，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后单击此图标。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterup\">将选中的标题，以及该标题下的文本内容，在「导航」窗口和文档中向上移动一个标题位置。如果想要仅只移动选中的标题，而不移动与之关联的文本，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后点击此图标。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154440\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown\">将选定的标题，以及该标题下的文本内容，在“导航”窗口和文档中向下移动一个标题位置。如果想要仅只移动选定的标题，而不移动与之关联的文本，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后单击此图标。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/chapterdown\">将选中的标题，以及该标题下的文本内容，在「导航」窗口和文档中向下移动一个标题位置。如果想要仅只移动选中的标题，而不移动与之关联的文本，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后点击此图标。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151354\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote\">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote\">将选定的标题，以及该标题下的子标题，提升一个大纲级别。如果只想提升选定的标题，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后单击此图标。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/promote\">将选中的标题，以及该标题下的子标题，提升一个大纲级别。如果只想提升选中的标题，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后点击此图标。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150707\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote\">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote\">将选定的标题，以及该标题下的子标题，降低一个大纲级别。如果只想降级选定的标题，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后单击此图标。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/navigatorpanel/demote\">将选中的标题，以及该标题下的子标题，降低一个大纲级别。如果只想降级选中的标题，请按住 Ctrl 键，然后点击此图标。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148999\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">列出所有打开文本文档的名称。要在“导航”窗口中查看文档的内容，请在列表中选择该文档的名称。在列表中，名称之后标有“现用”字样的文档即“导航”中显示的当前文档。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">列出所有打开文本文档的名称。要在「导航」窗口中查看文档的内容，请在列表中选择该文档的名称。在列表中，名称之后标有「现用」字样的文档即「导航」中显示的当前文档。</ahelp>" #: 02110000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149025\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view." -msgstr "您也可以在“导航”中的项目上单击鼠标右键，选择<emph>显示</emph>，然后单击要查看的文档。" +msgstr "您也可以在「导航」中的项目上点击鼠标右键，选择「<emph>显示</emph>」，然后点击要查看的文档。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149844\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">如果单击“导航”或文档窗口的右下角的该图标，将会出现一个工具栏，您可以使用它选择文档内的现有目标。</ahelp> 然后您可以通过上、下箭头图标，将文字光标定位到文档中的上一目标或下一目标。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">如果点击「导航」或文档窗口的右下角的该图标，将会出现一个工具栏，您可以使用它选择文档内的现有目标。</ahelp> 然后您可以通过上、下箭头图标，将文字光标定位到文档中的上一目标或下一目标。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153293\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">单击向上按钮滚动到上一页或上一个对象。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">点击向上按钮滚动到上一页或上一个对象。</ahelp>" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156098\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">单击向下按钮滚动到下一页或下一个对象。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">点击向下按钮滚动到下一页或下一个对象。</ahelp>" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155076\n" "help.text" msgid "By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects." -msgstr "在没有选中任何一个条目的情况下，单击这个图标，程序预设光标跳跃至上一页或下一页。在您浏览页面时，两个双箭头图标的颜色是黑色的，输入光标跳跃至某一个文档对象时，箭头颜色就会变成蓝色。" +msgstr "在没有选中任何一个条目的情况下，点击这个图标，程序预设光标跳跃至上一页或下一页。在您浏览页面时，两个双箭头图标的颜色是黑色的，输入光标跳跃至某一个文档对象时，箭头颜色就会变成蓝色。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154330\n" "help.text" msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula." -msgstr "条目大多与「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>」选择框中的条目相对应。您也可以选择其他跳转目标。例如提醒，可以通过「导航」中的「<emph>设置提醒</emph>」图标来设置。您也可以从「<emph>导航</emph>」工具栏的下述选项中选择对象：表格、文本框、图形、OLE 对象、页面、标题、提醒、绘图对象、控制字段、区域、书签、选定内容、脚注、注释、索引条目、表格公式、错误表格公式。" +msgstr "条目大多与「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>」选择框中的条目相对应。您也可以选择其他跳转目标。例如提醒，可以通过「导航」中的「<emph>设置提醒</emph>」图标来设置。您也可以从「<emph>导航</emph>」工具栏的下述选项中选择对象: 表格、文本框、图形、OLE 对象、页面、标题、提醒、绘图对象、控制字段、区域、书签、选中内容、脚注、注释、索引条目、表格公式、错误表格公式。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148783\n" "help.text" msgid "For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas)." -msgstr "检查表格计算公式分为两种：转到文档内含的每一个公式；或只是转到含有错误的计算公式。有错误的计算公式是指会引发错误的公式或计算结果有错误的公式。" +msgstr "检查表格计算公式分为两种: 转到文档内含的每一个公式；或只是转到含有错误的计算公式。有错误的计算公式是指会引发错误的公式或计算结果有错误的公式。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3150031\n" "help.text" msgid "Working With the Navigation Toolbar" -msgstr "使用“浏览工具栏”" +msgstr "使用「浏览工具栏」" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150045\n" "help.text" msgid "Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen." -msgstr "通过单击位于垂直滚动条上的图标打开<emph>导航</emph>工具栏。通过在屏幕上拖动和排列工具栏，您可以使其脱离原有位置。" +msgstr "通过点击位于垂直滚动条上的图标打开「<emph>导航</emph>」工具栏。通过在屏幕上拖动和排列工具栏，您可以使其脱离原有位置。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153141\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">单击要浏览的对象类型所对应的图标。再单击箭头按钮“上一个对象”或“下一个对象”。这些按钮的名称指示了所选对象的类型。文字光标会置于选中的对象。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">点击要浏览的对象类型所对应的图标。再点击箭头按钮「上一个对象」或「下一个对象」。这些按钮的名称指示了所选对象的类型。文字光标会置于选中的对象。</ahelp>" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149968\n" "help.text" msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menus</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions." -msgstr "您可以按照自己的需要来配置 $[officename] 浏览文档的方式。要执行此操作，请选择<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>工具 - 自定义</emph></link>。用于调整<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">菜单</link>、<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">键盘输入</link>或工具栏的各种表格中包含各种用于在“浏览”区域下浏览文档的功能。这样，您可以使用“转到下一个/上一个索引标记”功能跳转到文档中的索引标记。" +msgstr "您可以按照自己的需要来配置 $[officename] 浏览文档的方式。要执行此操作，请选择<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>工具 - 自定义</emph></link>。用于调整<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">菜单</link>、<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">键盘输入</link>或工具栏的各种表格中包含各种用于在「浏览」区域下浏览文档的功能。这样，您可以使用「转到下一个/上一个索引标记」功能跳转到文档中的索引标记。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155361\n" "help.text" msgid "With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog." -msgstr "通过<emph>导航</emph>工具栏上的<emph>重复查找</emph>图标，您可以在<emph>查找和替换</emph>对话框中重复已进行的查找。为此，请单击该图标。垂直滚动条上的蓝色箭头按钮现在具有了<emph>继续向前查找</emph>和<emph>继续向后查找</emph>功能。如果您单击此箭头，则查找会依照在“查找和替换”对话框中所输入的条件继续执行。" +msgstr "通过<emph>导航</emph>工具栏上的「<emph>重复查找</emph>」图标，您可以在<emph>查找和替换</emph>对话框中重复已进行的查找。为此，请点击该图标。垂直滚动条上的蓝色箭头按钮现在具有了<emph>继续向前查找</emph>和<emph>继续向后查找</emph>功能。如果您点击此箭头，则查找会依照在「查找和替换」对话框中所输入的条件继续执行。" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10795\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">将光标放置在选定类型的下一个对象上。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">将光标放置在选中类型的下一个对象上。</ahelp>" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1080B\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">将光标放置在选定类型的上一个对象上。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">将光标放置在选中类型的上一个对象上。</ahelp>" #: 02110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1606,7 +1606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154571\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">创建、编辑或插入自动图文集。可以将已经格式化的文字、带有图形的文字、表格和字段保存为自动图文集。要快速插入自动图文集，请在文档中键入自动图文集的缩写，然后按 F3 键。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">创建、编辑或插入自动图文集。可以将已经格式化的文字、带有图形的文字、表格和字段保存为自动图文集。要快速插入自动图文集，请在文档中输入自动图文集的缩写，然后按 F3 键。</ahelp></variable>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3143277\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert." -msgstr "您也可以单击<emph>插入</emph>栏上的<emph>自动图文集</emph>图标，然后选择要插入的“自动图文集”。" +msgstr "您也可以点击「<emph>插入</emph>」栏上的「<emph>自动图文集</emph>」图标，然后选择要插入的「自动图文集」。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3152766\n" "help.text" msgid "Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing" -msgstr "键入时显示名称提示作为建议" +msgstr "输入时显示名称提示作为建议" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145758\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert\">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert\">在键入自动图文集条目的前三个字之后，显示帮助提示，向您建议完整的词。要接受建议，请按 Enter 键。如果有多个\"自动图文集\"条目与键入的字母匹配，请按 Ctrl+Tab 键在多个条目中搜索。</ahelp>例如，要插入样本文字，请键入 \"Dum\"，然后按 Enter 键。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert\">在输入自动图文集条目的前三个字之后，显示帮助提示，向您建议完整的词。要接受建议，请按 Enter 键。如果有多个\"自动图文集\"条目与输入的字母匹配，请按 Ctrl+Tab 键在多个条目中搜索。</ahelp>例如，要插入样本文字，请输入 \"Dum\"，然后按 Enter 键。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155862\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name\">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name\">列出当前选定的自动图文集条目的名称。如果在文档中选定了文本，请键入新的自动图文集条目的名称，单击<emph>自动图文集</emph>按钮，然后选择<emph>新建</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name\">列出当前选中的自动图文集条目的名称。如果在文档中选中了文本，请输入新的自动图文集条目的名称，点击「<emph>自动图文集</emph>」按钮，然后选择「<emph>新建</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147413\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname\">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname\">显示选定自动图文集条目的快捷方式。如果要创建新的自动图文集条目，请键入要用于该条目的快捷方式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname\">显示选中自动图文集条目的快捷方式。如果要创建新的自动图文集条目，请输入要用于该条目的快捷方式。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145257\n" "help.text" msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." -msgstr "列出自动图文集的类别。要查看类别中的自动图文集条目，请双击该类别，或单击它前面的加号 (+)。要将自动图文集条目插入到当前的文档中，请在列表中选择条目，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。" +msgstr "列出自动图文集的类别。要查看类别中的自动图文集条目，请双击该类别，或点击它前面的加号 (+)。要将自动图文集条目插入到当前的文档中，请在列表中选择条目，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156094\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document." -msgstr "将选定的自动图文集插入到当前的文档中。" +msgstr "将选中的自动图文集插入到当前的文档中。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153127\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext\">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext\">单击以显示其他的自动图文集命令，例如，根据在当前文档中选择的文本创建新的自动图文集条目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext\">点击以显示其他的自动图文集命令，例如，根据在当前文档中选择的文本创建新的自动图文集条目。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154635\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new\">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new\">将您在当前文档中选定的内容创建为新的图文集条目。此条目会添加到当前选定的自动图文集类别中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new\">将您在当前文档中选中的内容创建为新的图文集条目。此条目会添加到当前选中的自动图文集类别中。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154043\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy\">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy\">将选定的自动图文集复制到剪贴板。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy\">将选中的自动图文集复制到剪贴板。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149607\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace\">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace\">使用在当前文档中选定的内容替换选定的自动图文集条目的内容。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace\">使用在当前文档中选中的内容替换选中的自动图文集条目的内容。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150786\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开“重命名自动图文集”对话框，可以在其中修改选定“自动图文集”条目的名称。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">重命名自动图文集</link>对话框，您可以在其中修改选定“自动图文集”条目的名称。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开「重命名自动图文集」对话框，可以在其中修改选中「自动图文集」条目的名称。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">重命名自动图文集</link>对话框，您可以在其中修改选中「自动图文集」条目的名称。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155358\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit\">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit\">在单独的文档中打开选定的自动图文集条目进行编辑。执行完所需的修改后，选择<emph>文件 - 保存自动图文集</emph>，然后选择<emph>文件 - 关闭</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit\">在单独的文档中打开选中的自动图文集条目进行编辑。执行完所需的修改后，选择「<emph>文件 - 保存自动图文集</emph>」，然后选择「<emph>文件 - 关闭</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145106\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开\"指定宏\"对话框，可以在其中向选定的\"自动图文集\"条目附加宏。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">指定宏</link>对话框，可以在其中向选定的\"自动图文集\"条目附加宏。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开\"指定宏\"对话框，可以在其中向选中的\"自动图文集\"条目附加宏。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">指定宏</link>对话框，可以在其中向选中的\"自动图文集\"条目附加宏。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149583\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the \"text only\" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field." -msgstr "也可以在建立的“自动图文集”条目中，使用与某些提供的“自动图文集”条目相链接的宏。但在创建这些“自动图文集”条目时必须使用“纯文本”选项。例如，在“自动图文集”中插入字符串<field:company>，$[officename] 会使用相应数据库字段中的内容替换此字符串。" +msgstr "也可以在建立的「自动图文集」条目中，使用与某些提供的「自动图文集」条目相链接的宏。但在创建这些「自动图文集」条目时必须使用「纯文本」选项。例如，在「自动图文集」中插入字符串<field:company>，$[officename] 会使用相应数据库字段中的内容替换此字符串。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3156038\n" "help.text" msgid "Categories" -msgstr "分类..." +msgstr "分类" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150802\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name\">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name\">显示选定自动图文集类别的名称。要修改类别名称，请键入新的名称，然后单击<emph>重命名</emph>。要创建新的类别，请键入名称，然后单击<emph>新建</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name\">显示选中自动图文集类别的名称。要修改类别名称，请输入新的名称，然后点击「<emph>重命名</emph>」。要创建新的类别，请输入名称，然后点击「<emph>新建</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155335\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb\">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb\">显示选定的自动图文集类别文件的当前保存路径。如果正在创建自动图文集类别，请选择保存类别文件的位置。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb\">显示选中的自动图文集类别文件的当前保存路径。如果正在创建自动图文集类别，请选择保存类别文件的位置。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154933\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new\">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new\">使用在<emph>名称</emph>框中输入的名称，创建新的自动图文集类别。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new\">使用在「<emph>名称</emph>」框中输入的名称，创建新的自动图文集类别。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153379\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename\">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename\">将选定的自动图文集类别的名称修改为您在<emph>名称</emph>框中输入的名称。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename\">将选中的自动图文集类别的名称修改为您在「<emph>名称</emph>」框中输入的名称。</ahelp>" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154852\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开“编辑路径”对话框，可以在其中选择保存“自动图文集”的目录。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Select Paths\">编辑路径</link>对话框，您可以在其中选择保存“自动图文集”的目录。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">打开「编辑路径」对话框，可以在其中选择保存「自动图文集」的目录。</ahelp>打开<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Select Paths\">编辑路径</link>对话框，您可以在其中选择保存「自动图文集」的目录。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156064\n" "help.text" msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog." -msgstr "要添加新路径到“自动图文集”目录，请单击<emph>自动图文集</emph>对话框中的<emph>路径</emph>按钮。" +msgstr "要添加新路径到「自动图文集」目录，请点击「<emph>自动图文集</emph>对话框中的<emph>路径</emph>」按钮。" #: 02120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151372\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname\" visibility=\"visible\">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname\" visibility=\"visible\">显示选定自动图文集项目的当前名称。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname\" visibility=\"visible\">显示选中自动图文集项目的当前名称。</ahelp>" #: 02120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150686\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname\" visibility=\"visible\">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname\" visibility=\"visible\">键入选定自动图文集组件的新名称。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname\" visibility=\"visible\">输入选中自动图文集组件的新名称。</ahelp>" #: 02120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145583\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc\" visibility=\"visible\">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc\" visibility=\"visible\">向选定自动图文集条目指定快捷键。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc\" visibility=\"visible\">向选中自动图文集条目指定快捷键。</ahelp>" #: 02130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145253\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"bibliography_entry_text\"><variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"bibliography_entry_text\"><variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\">编辑选定的参考文献条目。</ahelp></variable></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"bibliography_entry_text\"><variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\">编辑选中的参考文献条目。</ahelp></variable></variable>" #: 02130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151184\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"fields_text\"><variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">打开一个对话框，可以在其中编辑字段的属性。在字段前单击，然后选择此命令。</ahelp>在此对话框中，可以使用箭头按钮移到上一字段或下一字段。</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">打开一个对话框，可以在其中编辑字段的属性。在字段前点击，然后选择此命令。</ahelp>在此对话框中，可以使用箭头按钮移到上一字段或下一字段。</variable>" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153668\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph>." -msgstr "要使文档在显示字段名称和显示字段内容之间切换，请选择<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>。" +msgstr "要使文档在显示字段名称和显示字段内容之间切换，请选择「<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>」。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149106\n" "help.text" msgid "If you select a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens." -msgstr "如果选择文档中的 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> 链接，然后选择<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>，则<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"编辑链接\"><emph>编辑链接</emph></link>对话框打开。" +msgstr "如果选择文档中的 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> 链接，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>」，则<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"编辑链接\"><emph>编辑链接</emph></link>对话框打开。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149036\n" "help.text" msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens." -msgstr "如果在“发件人”类型字段前单击，然后选择<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>，则<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"用户数据\"><emph>用户数据</emph></link>对话框打开。" +msgstr "如果在「发件人」类型字段前点击，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>」，则<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"用户数据\"><emph>用户数据</emph></link>对话框打开。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150700\n" "help.text" msgid "Lists the field options, for example, \"fixed\". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type." -msgstr "列出字段选项，例如“固定”。如果需要，可以单击所选字段类型的另一个选项。" +msgstr "列出字段选项，例如「固定」。如果需要，可以点击所选字段类型的另一个选项。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147409\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">为字段的内容选择格式。对于日期、时间和用户定义的字段，也可以单击“其他格式”，然后选择不同的格式。</ahelp>格式是否可用，取决于正在编辑的字段类型。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">为字段的内容选择格式。对于日期、时间和用户定义的字段，也可以点击「其他格式」，然后选择不同的格式。</ahelp>格式是否可用，取决于正在编辑的字段类型。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145256\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number." -msgstr "显示选定字段类型的偏移，例如，“下一页”、“页码”或者“上一页”的偏移。您可以输入一个新的偏移值，该值将被添加到已显示的页码中。" +msgstr "显示选中字段类型的偏移，例如，「下一页」「页码」或者「上一页」的偏移。您可以输入一个新的偏移值，该值将被添加到已显示的页码中。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150559\n" "help.text" msgid "Change the defined values and outline levels for the \"Chapter\" field type." -msgstr "修改“章节”字段类型的已定义值和大纲级别。" +msgstr "修改「章节」字段类型的已定义值和大纲级别。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154339\n" "help.text" msgid "Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field." -msgstr "插入或修改选定字段的引用文字。" +msgstr "插入或修改选中字段的引用文字。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148798\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field." -msgstr "显示为选定字段指定的宏的名称。" +msgstr "显示为选中字段指定的宏的名称。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150027\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the placeholder text of the selected field." -msgstr "显示选定字段的占位符文字。" +msgstr "显示选中字段的占位符文字。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150671\n" "help.text" msgid "Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to." -msgstr "选择要从其中插入选定字段的已注册数据库。您也可以修改选定字段引用的表格或查询。" +msgstr "选择要从其中插入选中字段的已注册数据库。您也可以修改选中字段引用的表格或查询。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154039\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the \"Any record\" field type is met." -msgstr "显示符合为“任何一个记录”字段类型指定的条件时所插入的数据库记录编号。" +msgstr "显示符合为「任何一个记录」字段类型指定的条件时所插入的数据库记录编号。" #: 02140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149097\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_endnote_text\"><variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">编辑选定的脚注或尾注标记。在脚注或尾注的前面单击，然后选择该命令。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">编辑选中的脚注或尾注标记。在脚注或尾注的前面点击，然后选择该命令。</ahelp></variable>" #: 02150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149035\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document." -msgstr "要编辑脚注或尾注的文字，请在页面底端或文档结尾处的脚注区域中单击。" +msgstr "要编辑脚注或尾注的文字，请在页面底端或文档结尾处的脚注区域中点击。" #: 02150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145776\n" "help.text" msgid "To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp." -msgstr "要快速跳转到脚注或尾注文本，请在文档中单击备注的锁定标记。您也可以将光标置于标记前后，然后按 Ctrl+Shift+PgDn。要跳回到备注的锁定标记，请按 PgUp。" +msgstr "要快速跳转到脚注或尾注文本，请在文档中点击备注的锁定标记。您也可以将光标置于标记前后，然后按 Ctrl+Shift+PgDn。要跳回到备注的锁定标记，请按 PgUp。" #: 02150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149849\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style." -msgstr "要更改脚注或尾注的标记或文字的格式，请选择标记或文字，然后选择<emph>格式 - 字符</emph>。您可以按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T 组合键</caseinline><defaultinline>F11 键</defaultinline></switchinline>打开<emph>样式</emph>窗口，以修改脚注或尾注的段落样式。" +msgstr "要更改脚注或尾注的标记或文字的格式，请选择标记或文字，然后选择「<emph>格式 - 字符</emph>」。您可以按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T 组合键</caseinline><defaultinline>F11 键</defaultinline></switchinline>打开「<emph>样式</emph>」窗口，以修改脚注或尾注的段落样式。" #: 02150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151314\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"index_entry_text\"><variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp> </variable></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">编辑选定的索引条目。在索引条目上或索引条目前单击，然后选择此命令。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"index_entry_text\"><variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">编辑选中的索引条目。在索引条目前或索引条目上点击，然后选择此命令。</ahelp></variable></variable>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149486\n" "help.text" msgid "Edits the selected index entry." -msgstr "编辑选定的索引条目。" +msgstr "编辑选中的索引条目。" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151251\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">显示选定条目所属的索引类型。</ahelp>您不能在此对话框中修改索引条目的索引类型。而只能从文档中删除此索引条目，然后再以不同的索引类型将其重新插入。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">显示选中条目所属的索引类型。</ahelp>您不能在此对话框中修改索引条目的索引类型。而只能从文档中删除此索引条目，然后再以不同的索引类型将其重新插入。" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149823\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">必要时编辑索引条目。修改索引条目时，新文本仅显示在索引中，不会显示在文档中的索引条目定位标记处。</ahelp>例如，您可输入带有批注（如 \"基础，参见常规章节\"）的索引。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">必要时编辑索引条目。修改索引条目时，新文本仅显示在索引中，不会显示在文档中的索引条目定位标记处。</ahelp>例如，您可输入带有备注（如「基础，参见常规章节」）的索引。" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153631\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">要创建多级索引，请键入第一级索引条目的名称，或者从列表中选择名称。当前的索引条目将添加到此名称之下。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">要创建多级索引，请输入第一级索引条目的名称，或者从列表中选择名称。当前的索引条目将添加到此名称之下。</ahelp>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145758\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">键入第二级索引条目的名称，或者从列表中选择名称。当前的索引条目将添加到此名称之下。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">输入第二级索引条目的名称，或者从列表中选择名称。当前的索引条目将添加到此名称之下。</ahelp>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155919\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete\">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete\">从索引中删除选定的条目。文档中的条目文字不会被删除。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/delete\">从索引中删除选中的条目。文档中的条目文字不会被删除。</ahelp>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155869\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">跳转到文档中同类条目的第一条索引。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">跳转到文档中同类的第一条索引条目。</ahelp>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149829\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">跳转到文档中同一类型条目的最后一条索引。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">跳转到文档中同类的最后一条索引条目。</ahelp>" #: 02160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3182,7 +3182,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155902\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\" visibility=\"visible\">修改文档中已定义域的属性。</ahelp>要插入区域，请选择文字或在文档中单击，然后选择<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>。</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\" visibility=\"visible\">修改文档中已定义域的属性。</ahelp>要插入区域，请选择文字或在文档中点击，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 区域</emph>」。</variable>" #: 02170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3143275\n" "help.text" msgid "The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:" -msgstr "<emph>编辑区域</emph>对话框与 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 区域\"><emph>插入 - 区域</emph></link> 对话框类似，提供了以下选项：" +msgstr "<emph>编辑区域</emph>对话框与 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"插入 - 区域\"><emph>插入 - 区域</emph></link> 对话框类似，提供了以下选项:" #: 02170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3206,7 +3206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149104\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">键入要编辑的区域的名称，或单击<emph>区域</emph>列表中的名称。</ahelp>如果光标当前位于某个区域中，则该区域名称将显示在文档窗口底部，并且位于任务栏的右侧。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">输入要编辑的区域的名称，或点击「<emph>区域</emph>」列表中的名称。</ahelp>如果光标当前位于某个区域中，则该区域名称将显示在文档窗口底部，并且位于任务栏的右侧。" #: 02170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149040\n" "help.text" msgid "The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol." -msgstr "列表中区域名称前的锁符号用来指示此区域当前是否处于写保护状态：打开的锁表示未保护，锁住的锁表示已保护。与此类似，眼镜符号用来指示区域的可见性。" +msgstr "列表中区域名称前的锁符号用来指示此区域当前是否处于写保护状态: 打开的锁表示未保护，锁住的锁表示已保护。与此类似，眼镜符号用来指示区域的可见性。" #: 02170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152773\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"选项\"><emph>选项</emph></link>对话框，可以在该对话框中编辑选定区域的分栏版式、背景、脚注和尾注。</ahelp>如果该区域受密码保护，则必须先输入密码。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"选项\"><emph>选项</emph></link>对话框，可以在该对话框中编辑选中区域的分栏版式、背景、脚注和尾注。</ahelp>如果该区域受密码保护，则必须先输入密码。" #: 02170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145413\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove\">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove\">从文档中删除选定区域，并将此区域的内容插入文档中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove\">从文档中删除选中区域，并将此区域的内容插入文档中。</ahelp>" #: 03050000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147513\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows or hides shadings around fields in your document like non-breaking spaces, soft hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">显示或隐藏页面上字段周围的阴影，包括：不间断空格、软连字符、索引和脚注等。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">显示或隐藏页面上字段周围的阴影，包括: 不间断空格、软连字符、索引和脚注等。</ahelp>" #: 03080000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149287\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area." -msgstr "如果希望在默认情况下显示字段名称而不是字段内容，请选择<emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 视图</emph>，然后选中<emph>显示</emph>区域中的<emph>字段代码</emph>复选框。" +msgstr "如果希望在默认情况下显示字段名称而不是字段内容，请选择「<emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 视图</emph>」，然后选中<emph>显示</emph>区域中的<emph>字段代码</emph>复选框。" #: 03090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3398,7 +3398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154098\n" "help.text" msgid "When you print a document with <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Field Names</item> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out." -msgstr "如果打印文档时启用了<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>，系统会提示您在打印输出中包括字段名称。" +msgstr "如果打印文档时启用了「<emph>视图 - 字段名称</emph>」，系统会提示您在打印输出中包括字段名称。" #: 03090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3157875\n" "help.text" msgid "To enable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected." -msgstr "要启用此功能，请选择 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</link></emph>，并确保在<emph>显示</emph>区域中选中<emph>隐藏段落</emph>复选框。" +msgstr "要启用此功能，请选择「<emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</link></emph>」，并确保在「<emph>显示</emph>」区域中选中<emph>隐藏段落</emph>复选框。" #: 03140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3566,7 +3566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147176\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"manual_break_text\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp> </variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">在光标当前位置插入手动换行、分栏或分页符。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"manual_break_text\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">在光标当前位置插入手动换行、分栏或分页符。</ahelp></variable>" #: 04010000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155183\n" "help.text" msgid "The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:" -msgstr "<emph>插入区域</emph> 对话框含有以下选项卡：" +msgstr "<emph>插入区域</emph> 对话框含有以下选项卡:" #: 04020000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3814,7 +3814,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145420\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">输入新区域的名称。</ahelp>在默认情况下，$[officename] 将自动为新区域指定名称“区域 X”，其中 X 为连续的编号。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">输入新区域的名称。</ahelp>在默认情况下，$[officename] 将自动为新区域指定名称「区域 X」，其中 X 为连续的编号。" #: 04020100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151310\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">创建 <emph>DDE</emph> 链接。选择此复选框，然后输入要使用的 <emph>DDE</emph> 命令。只有选中<emph>链接</emph>复选框时，<emph>DDE</emph> 选项才可用。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">创建 <emph>DDE</emph> 链接。选择此复选框，然后输入要使用的「<emph>DDE</emph> 命令。只有选中<emph>链接</emph>复选框时，<emph>DDE</emph>」选项才可用。</ahelp>" #: 04020100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3143280\n" "help.text" msgid "The general syntax for a DDE command is: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object." -msgstr "DDE 命令的通用语法是：\"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\"。其中，Server 是含有数据的应用程序的 DDE 名称，Topic 是指 Item（通常是文件名称）的位置，Item 表示实际的对象。" +msgstr "DDE 命令的通用语法是: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\"。其中，Server 是含有数据的应用程序的 DDE 名称，Topic 是指 Item（通常是文件名称）的位置，Item 表示实际的对象。" #: 04020100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -3974,7 +3974,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3150549\n" "help.text" msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "密码" #: 04020100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4038,7 +4038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150086\n" "help.text" msgid "Another example would be to create the field variable \"x\" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: \"x eq 1\". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable \"x\" to \"0\"." -msgstr "另一个示例是创建字段变量 \"x\" 并将其值指定为 1，然后根据此变量指定区域的隐藏条件，例如：\"x eq 1\"。如果要显示此区域，请将变量 \"x\" 的值设置为 \"0\"。" +msgstr "另一个示例是创建字段变量 \"x\" 并将其值指定为 1，然后根据此变量指定区域的隐藏条件，例如: \"x eq 1\"。如果要显示此区域，请将变量 \"x\" 的值设置为 \"0\"。" #: 04020100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4342,7 +4342,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149806\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"bookmark_text\"><variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">在光标位置插入一个书签。以后您可以使用“导航”快速跳转到已标记的位置。</ahelp>在 HTML 文档中，书签会转换为您从超链接跳转到的标记。</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">在光标位置插入一个书签。以后您可以使用「导航」快速跳转到已标记的位置。</ahelp>在 HTML 文档中，书签会转换为您从超链接跳转到的标记。</variable>" #: 04040000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153677\n" "help.text" msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark." -msgstr "要跳转到特定的书签，请按 F5 键打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>，单击<emph>书签</emph>条目旁的加号 (+)，然后在书签上双击。" +msgstr "要跳转到特定的书签，请按 F5 键打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"导航\">导航</link>，点击<emph>书签</emph>条目旁的加号 (+)，然后在书签上双击。" #: 04040000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155178\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks\">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks\">键入要创建的书签的名称。下方的列表包含当前文档中的所有书签。要删除一个书签，请在列表中选择该书签，然后单击<emph>删除</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/bookmarks\">输入要创建的书签的名称。下方的列表包含当前文档中的所有书签。要删除一个书签，请在列表中选择该书签，然后点击「<emph>删除</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04040000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149483\n" "help.text" msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #" -msgstr "书签名称中不能含有以下字符：/ \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #" +msgstr "书签名称中不能含有以下字符: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #" #: 04040000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4398,7 +4398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151251\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete\">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete\">要删除一个书签，请从<emph>插入书签</emph>对话框中选择该书签，然后单击<emph>删除</emph>按钮。不会出现确认对话框。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete\">要删除一个书签，请从「<emph>插入书签</emph>对话框中选择该书签，然后点击<emph>删除</emph>」按钮。不会出现确认对话框。</ahelp>" #: 04060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4454,7 +4454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154574\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category\">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category\">选择标题类别，或者键入名称创建新的类别。在标题标签中，类别文字显示在标题号码之前。每个预设的标题类别都有一个名称与分类名称相同的段落样式。</ahelp>例如，“插图”标题类别具有“插图”段落样式。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/category\">选择标题类别，或者输入名称创建新的类别。在标题标签中，类别文字显示在标题号码之前。每个预设的标题类别都有一个名称与分类名称相同的段落样式。</ahelp>例如，「插图」标题类别具有「插图」段落样式。" #: 04060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4486,7 +4486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149688\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit\">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit\">键入要在标题编号之后显示的文字。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/num_separator_edit\">输入要在标题编号之后显示的文字。</ahelp>" #: 04060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4518,7 +4518,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149486\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position\">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position\">在选定项的上方或下方添加标题。此选项仅可用于部分对象。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/position\">在选中项的上方或下方添加标题。此选项仅可用于部分对象。</ahelp>" #: 04060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4542,7 +4542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1074A\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开“标题”对话框。它包含的信息与使用“选项”对话框中的“%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 自动插入标题”菜单打开的对话框中的信息相同。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开「标题」对话框。它包含的信息与使用「选项」对话框中的「%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 自动插入标题」菜单打开的对话框中的信息相同。</ahelp>" #: 04060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4582,7 +4582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153532\n" "help.text" msgid "When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is \"Figure 1.12\", the first figure in the next chapter would be \"Figure 2.1\"." -msgstr "为标题标签添加章节编号之后，如果遇到章节标题，就会重设标题编号。例如，如果第 1 章中的最后一张图是“图 1.12”，则下一章的第一张图就是“图 2.1”。" +msgstr "为标题标签添加章节编号之后，如果遇到章节标题，就会重设标题编号。例如，如果第 1 章中的最后一张图是「图 1.12」，则下一章的第一张图就是「图 2.1」。" #: 04060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4734,7 +4734,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id396130\n" "help.text" msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page." -msgstr "单击进入信封页面以使其成为当前页面。" +msgstr "点击进入信封页面以使其成为当前页面。" #: 04070000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4742,7 +4742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id7174596\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"." -msgstr "右键单击在状态行上显示“信封”的字段。" +msgstr "右键点击在状态行上显示「信封」的字段。" #: 04070000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4758,7 +4758,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id5187536\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu." -msgstr "从子菜单中选择“默认”页面样式。" +msgstr "从子菜单中选择「默认」页面样式。" #: 04070000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4766,7 +4766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id6952726\n" "help.text" msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting." -msgstr "以这种方式删除特殊的“信封”页面格式。" +msgstr "以这种方式删除特殊的「信封」页面格式。" #: 04070000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4774,7 +4774,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id1777092\n" "help.text" msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key." -msgstr "删除发件人和收件人的框架。单击每个框架的边框并按住 Del 键。" +msgstr "删除发件人和收件人的框架。点击每个框架的边框并按住 Del 键。" #: 04070100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4814,7 +4814,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145415\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">输入收件人地址。</ahelp>您也可以在此框中单击，选择数据库、表格和字段，然后单击箭头按钮，在地址中插入字段。如果需要，地址文字可以应用格式（如粗体和下划线）。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">输入收件人地址。</ahelp>您也可以在此框中点击，选择数据库、表格和字段，然后点击箭头按钮，在地址中插入字段。如果需要，地址文字可以应用格式（如粗体和下划线）。" #: 04070100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4830,7 +4830,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153527\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want." -msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit\">在信封上包含回信地址。选择<emph>发件人</emph>复选框，然后输入回信地址。</ahelp> $[officename] 会自动将您的用户数据加入到<emph>发件人</emph>框中，但是您也可以输入您想要的数据。" +msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit\">在信封上包含回信地址。选择「<emph>发件人</emph>复选框，然后输入回信地址。</ahelp> $[officename] 会自动将您的用户数据加入到<emph>发件人</emph>」框中，但是您也可以输入您想要的数据。" #: 04070100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4878,7 +4878,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155180\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">选择含有您要插入的地址数据的数据库字段，然后单击向左箭头键。数据将添加到光标所在的地址框中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">选择含有您要插入的地址数据的数据库字段，然后点击向左箭头键。数据将添加到光标所在的地址框中。</ahelp>" #: 04070200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -4982,7 +4982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154201\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">单击并选择想要编辑的收件人字段的文本格式样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">点击并选择想要编辑的收件人字段的文本格式样式。</ahelp>" #: 04070200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5094,7 +5094,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156281\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">单击并选择想要编辑的发件人字段的文本格式样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">点击并选择想要编辑的发件人字段的文本格式样式。</ahelp>" #: 04070200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5158,7 +5158,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147422\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">选择所需的信封大小，或者选择“用户定义”，然后输入自定义大小的宽度和高度。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">选择所需的信封大小，或者选择「用户定义」，然后输入自定义大小的宽度和高度。</ahelp>" #: 04070200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5414,7 +5414,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147418\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">打开“打印设置”对话框，在此可定义其他打印机设置，例如纸张格式和方向等。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">打开「打印设置」对话框，在此可定义其他打印机设置，例如纸张格式和方向等。</ahelp>" #: 04090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5454,7 +5454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154190\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">在文档中的当前光标所在位置插入选定字段。要关闭对话框，请单击<emph>关闭</emph>按钮。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">在文档中的当前光标所在位置插入选中字段。要关闭对话框，请点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」按钮。</ahelp>" #: 04090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5510,7 +5510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153672\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档添加字段，请单击字段类型，在<emph>选择</emph>列表中单击字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>可以使用以下字段：" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档添加字段，请点击字段类型，在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>可以使用以下字段:" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5638,7 +5638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151091\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab." -msgstr "插入文档统计信息（例如页面和字数）作为字段。要查看文档的统计信息，请选择<emph>文件 - 属性</emph>，然后单击<emph>统计信息</emph>选项卡。" +msgstr "插入文档统计信息（例如页面和字数）作为字段。要查看文档的统计信息，请选择「<emph>文件 - 属性</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>统计信息</emph>」选项卡。" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5654,7 +5654,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156123\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template." -msgstr "插入当前模板的文件名，路径，或者不含后缀的文件名。您也可以插入当前文档中使用的格式“类别”和“样式”名称。" +msgstr "插入当前模板的文件名，路径，或者不含后缀的文件名。您也可以插入当前文档中使用的格式「类别」和「样式」名称。" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5678,7 +5678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154631\n" "help.text" msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list." -msgstr "只有在<emph>类型</emph>列表中选择相应的字段类型，才能插入以下字段。" +msgstr "只有在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中选择相应的字段类型，才能插入以下字段。" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5694,7 +5694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150678\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">对于在<emph>类型</emph>列表中选定的字段类型，列出其可选择字段。要插入字段，单击该字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">对于在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中选中的字段类型，列出其可选择字段。要插入字段，点击该字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5774,7 +5774,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3159229\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use." -msgstr "在<emph>格式</emph>中，单击所需的编号格式。" +msgstr "在「<emph>格式</emph>」中，点击所需的编号格式。" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5822,7 +5822,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145613\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">单击要应用到选定字段的格式，或单击“其他格式”以定义自定义格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">点击要应用到选中字段的格式，或点击「其他格式」以定义自定义格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5830,7 +5830,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150138\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">When you click \"Additional formats\", the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">当您单击“其他的格式”打开 <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"数字格式\"><emph>数字格式</emph></link>对话框，您可以在此定义自定义格式。</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">当您点击「其他的格式」打开 <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"数字格式\"><emph>数字格式</emph></link>对话框，您可以在此定义自定义格式。</variable>" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5854,7 +5854,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148682\n" "help.text" msgid "The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:" -msgstr "可以选择生成指向编号范围的引用时所用的格式，选项包括：" +msgstr "可以选择生成指向编号范围的引用时所用的格式，选项包括:" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5870,7 +5870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155386\n" "help.text" msgid "The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field" -msgstr "格式包括从段首至编号顺序字段结束的所有内容。" +msgstr "格式包括从段首至编号顺序字段结束的所有内容" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -5926,7 +5926,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154580\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">选择要在选定字段中包含的章节标题级别。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">选择要在选中字段中包含的章节标题级别。</ahelp>" #: 04090001.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6006,7 +6006,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id4516129\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列出可用的字段类型。要在文档中添加一个字段，单击字段类型，再单击“选择”列表中的某个字段，然后单击“插入”。</ahelp>以下字段可用：" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列出可用的字段类型。要在文档中添加一个字段，点击字段类型，再点击「选择」列表中的某个字段，然后点击「插入」。</ahelp>以下字段可用:" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6038,7 +6038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147422\n" "help.text" msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>." -msgstr "设置引用字段的目标。在<emph>名称</emph>下输入一项引用的名称。插入引用后该名称即出项在列表框<emph>选择</emph>中。" +msgstr "设置引用字段的目标。在「<emph>名称</emph>」下输入一项引用的名称。插入引用后该名称即出项在列表框<emph>选择</emph>中。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6062,7 +6062,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147746\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible." -msgstr "在文档的其他位置插入一个引用。事先必须在“设置引用”中定义插入的位置，然后才能通过<emph>选择</emph>下选定字段名称插入一个链接。" +msgstr "在文档的其他位置插入一个引用。事先必须在「设置引用」中定义插入的位置，然后才能通过<emph>选择</emph>下选中字段名称插入一个链接。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6070,7 +6070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3146344\n" "help.text" msgid "In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered \"by hand\"." -msgstr "对于主控文档，也可以从一个子文档链接到另一子文档。但需注意，此处引用的名称不在选择栏中显示，而必须“手动”输入。" +msgstr "对于主控文档，也可以从一个子文档链接到另一子文档。但需注意，此处引用的名称不在选择栏中显示，而必须「手动」输入。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6094,7 +6094,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id9988402\n" "help.text" msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document." -msgstr "该“选择”框显示一个包含所有标题的列表，且标题以在文档中出现的先后次序排列。" +msgstr "该「选择」框显示一个包含所有标题的列表，且标题以在文档中出现的先后次序排列。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6110,7 +6110,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id5841242\n" "help.text" msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document." -msgstr "该“选择”框显示一个包含所有已编号的标题和段落的列表，且标题以在文档中出现的先后次序排列。" +msgstr "该「选择」框显示一个包含所有已编号的标题和段落的列表，且标题以在文档中出现的先后次序排列。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6126,7 +6126,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150907\n" "help.text" msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another." -msgstr "若您借助菜单命令<emph>插入 - 书签</emph>在文档中插入了一枚书签，在选项卡<emph>引用</emph>中您也可看到\"书签\"条目。书签的功能是标记文档中某些文字段落。例如在文本文档中，您可以借助插入的书签在文档中快速从一个位置跳跃到另一个位置。" +msgstr "若您借助菜单命令<emph>插入 - 书签</emph>在文档中插入了一枚书签，在选项卡「<emph>引用</emph>」中您也可看到\"书签\"条目。书签的功能是标记文档中某些文字段落。例如在文本文档中，您可以借助插入的书签在文档中快速从一个位置跳跃到另一个位置。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6150,7 +6150,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0818200811011049\n" "help.text" msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number." -msgstr "如果您的文档中包含脚注，您就可以选择“脚注”条目。对脚注的引用返回该脚注的编号。" +msgstr "如果您的文档中包含脚注，您就可以选择「脚注」条目。对脚注的引用返回该脚注的编号。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6166,7 +6166,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id7096774\n" "help.text" msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list." -msgstr "您可以设置到已应用标题的对象的引用。例如，插入一个图片，右键单击该图片，选择“标题”。现在该对象在列表中显示为一个已编号的“插图”。" +msgstr "您可以设置到已应用标题的对象的引用。例如，插入一个图片，右键点击该图片，选择「标题」。现在该对象在列表中显示为一个已编号的「插图」。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6174,7 +6174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154772\n" "help.text" msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted." -msgstr "引用是指字段。删除字段以删除一个引用。若您设置了一段很长的文字作为引用，删除字段引用后又不想重新再输一遍，则可选中文字，复制到剪贴板上，然后用命令<emph>编辑 - 选择性粘贴</emph>当作“无格式文本”重新插入同一位置。这样，删除引用后文字仍然保留。" +msgstr "引用是指字段。删除字段以删除一个引用。若您设置了一段很长的文字作为引用，删除字段引用后又不想重新再输一遍，则可选中文字，复制到剪贴板上，然后用命令<emph>编辑 - 选择性粘贴</emph>当作「无格式文本」重新插入同一位置。这样，删除引用后文字仍然保留。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6206,7 +6206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id2171086\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use." -msgstr "在<emph>插入引用到</emph>列表中，单击您想要使用的格式。" +msgstr "在「<emph>插入引用到</emph>」列表中，点击您想要使用的格式。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6222,7 +6222,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148786\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">选择要用于选定的引用字段的格式。</ahelp>可以使用以下格式：" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">选择要用于选中的引用字段的格式。</ahelp>可以使用以下格式:" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6286,7 +6286,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149619\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts \"above\" or \"below\", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field." -msgstr "具体是插入“之上”还是插入“之下”，取决于引用目标相对于引用字段的位置。" +msgstr "具体是插入「之上」还是插入「之下」，取决于引用目标相对于引用字段的位置。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6422,7 +6422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id757469\n" "help.text" msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary." -msgstr "该“编号”格式插入标题或已编号段落的编号。当必要时，高级别是否被包含取决于上下文。" +msgstr "该「编号」格式插入标题或已编号段落的编号。当必要时，高级别是否被包含取决于上下文。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6430,7 +6430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id5189062\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted." -msgstr "例如，当您在第一章第二节的第五部分时，编号可能为 1.2.5。当您在此处插入一个指向前一部分的文本 \"1.2.4\" 的引用，并且应用格式“编号”时，则该引用将显示为 \"4\"。如果在此示例中，编号设置为显示更多的子级别，相同的引用将根据设置显示为 \"2.4\" 或 \"1.2.4\"。如果使用“编号（全部上下文）”格式，您将始终看到 \"1.2.4\"，无论已编号的段落是否被格式化。" +msgstr "例如，当您在第一章第二节的第五部分时，编号可能为 1.2.5。当您在此处插入一个指向前一部分的文本 \"1.2.4\" 的引用，并且应用格式「编号」时，则该引用将显示为 \"4\"。如果在此示例中，编号设置为显示更多的子级别，相同的引用将根据设置显示为 \"2.4\" 或 \"1.2.4\"。如果使用「编号（全部上下文）」格式，您将始终看到 \"1.2.4\"，无论已编号的段落是否被格式化。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6446,7 +6446,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156259\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">键入要创建的自定义字段的名称。</ahelp>要设置目标，请单击<emph>类型</emph>列表中的“设置引用”，在该框中键入名称，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。要引用新目标，请在<emph>选择</emph>列表中单击目标名称。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">输入要创建的自定义字段的名称。</ahelp>要设置目标，请点击「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中的「设置引用」，在该框中输入名称，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。要引用新目标，请在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击目标名称。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6454,7 +6454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156032\n" "help.text" msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box." -msgstr "在主控文档中，位于不同子文档内的目标不显示在<emph>选择</emph>列表中。如果要在目标中插入引用，必须在<emph>名称 </emph>框中键入路径和名称。" +msgstr "在主控文档中，位于不同子文档内的目标不显示在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中。如果要在目标中插入引用，必须在「<emph>名称</emph>」框中输入路径和名称。" #: 04090002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6518,7 +6518,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0902200804352037\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加字段，请单击一个字段类别，在<emph>选择</emph>列表中单击一个字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加字段，请点击一个字段类别，在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击一个字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6550,7 +6550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149881\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts text if a certain <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box." -msgstr "如果满足特定的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\">条件</link>，则可以插入文本。例如，在<emph>条件</emph>框中输入 \"sun eq 1\"，然后在<emph>则</emph>框中输入当变量 \"sun\" 等于 \"1\" 时要插入的文本。如果需要，您也可以在<emph>否则</emph>框中输入不满足条件时要显示的文本。要定义变量 \"sun\"，请单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"变量\"><emph>变量</emph></link>选项卡，选择“设置变量”，然后在<emph>名称</emph>框内输入 \"sun\"；在<emph>值</emph>框内输入变量值。" +msgstr "如果满足特定的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\">条件</link>，则可以插入文本。例如，在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中输入 \"sun eq 1\"，然后在「<emph>则</emph>」框中输入当变量 \"sun\" 等于 \"1\" 时要插入的文本。如果需要，您也可以在「<emph>否则</emph>」框中输入不满足条件时要显示的文本。要定义变量 \"sun\"，请点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"变量\"><emph>变量</emph></link>选项卡，选择「设置变量」，然后在「<emph>名称</emph>」框内输入 \"sun\"；在「<emph>值</emph>」框内输入变量值。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6566,7 +6566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147564\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog." -msgstr "插入一个文字字段，以便显示列表中的一个项目。可以添加、编辑和删除项目，也可以修改它们在列表中的顺序。单击文档中的<emph>输入列表</emph>字段或按 Ctrl+Shift+F9 键，可以显示<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"选择项目\"><emph>选择项目</emph></link>对话框。" +msgstr "插入一个文字字段，以便显示列表中的一个项目。可以添加、编辑和删除项目，也可以修改它们在列表中的顺序。点击文档中的「<emph>输入列表</emph>字段或按 Ctrl+Shift+F9 键，可以显示<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"选择项目\"><emph>选择项目</emph>」</link>对话框。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6582,7 +6582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149287\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed." -msgstr "插入可以通过<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"单击\"><emph>单击</emph></link>在文档中打开的文本字段，随后您可以修改显示的文本。" +msgstr "插入可以通过<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"点击\"><emph>点击</emph></link>在文档中打开的文本字段，随后您可以修改显示的文本。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6598,7 +6598,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147515\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button." -msgstr "插入在文档中单击字段即可运行宏的文本字段。要为字段指定宏，请单击<emph>宏</emph>按钮。" +msgstr "插入在文档中点击字段即可运行宏的文本字段。要为字段指定宏，请点击「<emph>宏</emph>」按钮。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6614,7 +6614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153527\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing." -msgstr "在文档中插入占位符（例如，用于图形）。当您在文档中单击某个占位符字段时，将会提示您输入缺失的有关信息。" +msgstr "在文档中插入占位符（例如，用于图形）。当您在文档中点击某个占位符字段时，将会提示您输入缺失的有关信息。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6630,7 +6630,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147524\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box." -msgstr "插入一个文本字段，当满足指定的条件时该字段将会被隐藏。要使用该功能，请选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph></link> 并取消选定 <emph>字段：隐藏的文字</emph> 复选框。" +msgstr "插入一个文本字段，当满足指定的条件时该字段将会被隐藏。要使用该功能，请选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph></link> 并取消选中 <emph>字段: 隐藏的文字</emph> 复选框。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6646,7 +6646,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153677\n" "help.text" msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph></link> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box." -msgstr "当满足指定的条件时，隐藏某个段落。要使用该功能，请选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph></link> 并取消选定 <emph>字段：隐藏的段落</emph> 复选框。" +msgstr "当满足指定的条件时，隐藏某个段落。要使用该功能，请选择 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>工具 - 选项</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph></link> 并取消选中 <emph>字段: 隐藏的段落</emph> 复选框。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6670,7 +6670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0902200804352213\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">单击您要应用到选定字段的格式，或者单击“其他的格式”来自定义格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">点击您要应用到选中字段的格式，或者点击「其他的格式」来自定义格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6678,7 +6678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151329\n" "help.text" msgid "For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands." -msgstr "对于“功能”选项卡中的字段，“格式”仅在“占位符”类型的字段中才可用。此处的“格式”定义了占位符所代表的对象的显示格式。" +msgstr "对于「功能」选项卡中的字段，「格式」仅在「占位符」类型的字段中才可用。此处的「格式」定义了占位符所代表的对象的显示格式。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6694,7 +6694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3143281\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">对于链接至<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\">条件</link>的字段，请在此键入条件。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">对于链接至<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\">条件</link>的字段，请在此输入条件。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6766,7 +6766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147084\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked." -msgstr "选择单击字段时要运行的宏。" +msgstr "选择点击字段时要运行的宏。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6782,7 +6782,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153351\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the name of the selected macro." -msgstr "显示选定宏的名称。" +msgstr "显示选中宏的名称。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6846,7 +6846,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151370\n" "help.text" msgid "Enter a value for the selected field." -msgstr "为选定字段输入值。" +msgstr "为选中字段输入值。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6862,7 +6862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155912\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">打开<emph>宏选择器</emph>，可在其中选择将在单击文档中的选定字段时运行的宏。</ahelp>此按钮仅用于\"执行宏\"功能字段。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">打开「<emph>宏选择器</emph>」，可在其中选择将在点击文档中的选中字段时运行的宏。</ahelp>此按钮仅用于\"执行宏\"功能字段。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6870,7 +6870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150111\n" "help.text" msgid "The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:" -msgstr "对于<emph>输入列表</emph>字段，会显示以下控件：" +msgstr "对于<emph>输入列表</emph>字段，会显示以下控件:" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6934,7 +6934,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149558\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">从列表中删除选定的项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">从列表中删除选中的项目。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6950,7 +6950,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155970\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">在列表中上移选定的项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">在列表中上移选中的项目。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6966,7 +6966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156221\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">在列表中下移选定的项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">在列表中下移选中的项目。</ahelp>" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -6998,7 +6998,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147455\n" "help.text" msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document." -msgstr "单击文档中的<emph>输入列表</emph>字段时，将显示此对话框。" +msgstr "点击文档中的<emph>输入列表</emph>字段时，将显示此对话框。" #: 04090003.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7078,7 +7078,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0902200804290053\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出了可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加字段，请单击某个字段类型，再从选择列表中单击一个字段，然后单击“插入”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出了可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加字段，请点击某个字段类型，再从选择列表中点击一个字段，然后点击「插入」。</ahelp>" #: 04090004.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7262,7 +7262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0902200804290272\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">对在<emph>类型</emph>列表中选定的字段类型，列出可用的字段。要插入一个字段，请单击该字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">对在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中选中的字段类型，列出可用的字段。要插入一个字段，请点击该字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04090004.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7270,7 +7270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149956\n" "help.text" msgid "For the \"Created\", \"Modified\", and \"Last printed\" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation." -msgstr "对于“创建时间”、“修改时间”和“上次打印时间”字段类型，可以在其中包括执行操作的作者、日期和时间。" +msgstr "对于「创建时间」「修改时间」和「上次打印时间」字段类型，可以在其中包括执行操作的作者、日期和时间。" #: 04090004.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7278,7 +7278,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0902200804290382\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">单击要应用到选定字段的格式，或单击“其他格式”定义一个自定义的格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">点击要应用到选中字段的格式，或点击「其他格式」定义一个自定义的格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090004.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7350,7 +7350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0903200802243625\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加一个字段，请单击字段类型，在<emph>选择</emph>列表中单击字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加一个字段，请点击字段类型，在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7382,7 +7382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150996\n" "help.text" msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>." -msgstr "定义变量及其值。要修改变量字段的值，请在变量字段前单击，然后选择<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>。" +msgstr "定义变量及其值。要修改变量字段的值，请在变量字段前点击，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 字段</emph>」。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7398,7 +7398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153669\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list." -msgstr "插入您在<emph>选择</emph>列表中选定的变量的当前值。" +msgstr "插入您在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中选中的变量的当前值。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7462,7 +7462,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151255\n" "help.text" msgid "The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark." -msgstr "这些变量显示在<emph>选项</emph>字段中。单击<emph>插入</emph>按钮，出现<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"输入字段\"><emph>输入字段</emph></link>对话框，可以在其中输入新的值或附加文本作为标记。" +msgstr "这些变量显示在「<emph>选项</emph>字段中。点击「<emph>插入</emph>」按钮，出现<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"输入字段\"><emph>输入字段</emph>」</link>对话框，可以在其中输入新的值或附加文本作为标记。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7494,7 +7494,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154389\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select \"on\" to enable the reference point, and \"off\" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number." -msgstr "在文档中插入一个参照点。在这个参照点之后，页面重新开始计数。选择“打开”启用此参照点，选择“关闭”将其禁用。您也可以在“修改”中输入值，使页面从不同的值开始计数。" +msgstr "在文档中插入一个参照点。在这个参照点之后，页面重新开始计数。选择「打开」启用此参照点，选择「关闭」将其禁用。您也可以在「修改」中输入值，使页面从不同的值开始计数。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7510,7 +7510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150588\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the number of pages from the \"Set page variable\" reference point to this field." -msgstr "显示从“设置页面变数”参照点到此字段之间的页数。" +msgstr "显示从「设置页面变数」参照点到此字段之间的页数。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7526,7 +7526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151377\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated." -msgstr "插入自定义的全局变量。您可以使用“用户字段”定义条件语句的变量。修改“用户字段”时，文档中此变量的所有实例都会更新。" +msgstr "插入自定义的全局变量。您可以使用「用户字段」定义条件语句的变量。修改「用户字段」时，文档中此变量的所有实例都会更新。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7534,7 +7534,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0903200802243892\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">单击要应用到选定字段的格式，或单击“其他格式”定义一个自定义的格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">点击要应用到选中字段的格式，或点击「其他格式」定义一个自定义的格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7542,7 +7542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148886\n" "help.text" msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format." -msgstr "对于自定义字段，可以在<emph>格式</emph>列表中单击要应用的格式，或者单击“其它的格式”来定义自定义的格式。" +msgstr "对于自定义字段，可以在「<emph>格式</emph>」列表中点击要应用的格式，或者点击「其它的格式」来定义自定义的格式。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7550,7 +7550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0903200802243880\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">键入您要创建的自定义字段的名称。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">输入您要创建的自定义字段的名称。</ahelp>" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7566,7 +7566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155860\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">在<emph>格式</emph>列表中，定义该值是作为文本插入还是作为数字插入。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">在「<emph>格式</emph>」列表中，定义该值是作为文本插入还是作为数字插入。</ahelp>" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7574,7 +7574,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3888363\n" "help.text" msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7598,7 +7598,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150696\n" "help.text" msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select." -msgstr "在 HTML 文档中，“设置变量”字段类型有两个其他的字段可用：HTML_ON 和 HTML_OFF。当文件保存为 HTML 文档时，根据您选择的选项，“数值”框中的文字将转换为 HTML 起始<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"标记\">标记</link> (<Value>) 或 HTML 终止标记 (</Value>)。" +msgstr "在 HTML 文档中，「设置变量」字段类型有两个其他的字段可用: HTML_ON 和 HTML_OFF。当文件保存为 HTML 文档时，根据您选择的选项，「数值」框中的文字将转换为 HTML 起始<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"标记\">标记</link> (<Value>) 或 HTML 终止标记 (</Value>)。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7622,7 +7622,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155982\n" "help.text" msgid "This option is only available if the \"Insert formula\" field type is selected." -msgstr "仅当选择了“插入公式”字段类型时，此选项才可用。" +msgstr "仅当选择了「插入公式」字段类型时，此选项才可用。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7638,7 +7638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156233\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">在文档中隐藏字段内容。</ahelp>字段将作为浅灰色标记插入文档中。此选项仅适用于“设置变量”和“用户字段”字段类型。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">在文档中隐藏字段内容。</ahelp>字段将作为浅灰色标记插入文档中。此选项仅适用于「设置变量」和「用户字段」字段类型。" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7686,7 +7686,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148846\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">键入字符，作为标题或章节级别之间的分隔符。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">输入字符，作为标题或章节级别之间的分隔符。</ahelp>" #: 04090005.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7766,7 +7766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id090220080439090\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加一个字段，请单击字段类型，在<emph>选择</emph>列表中单击字段，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的字段类型。要向文档中添加一个字段，请点击字段类型，在「<emph>选择</emph>」列表中点击字段，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7798,7 +7798,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151257\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered." -msgstr "如果满足输入的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\"><emph>条件</emph></link>，则插入在<emph>记录编号</emph>框中指定的数据库字段的内容，作为邮件合并字段。只考虑在数据源视图中通过多重选择确定的记录。" +msgstr "如果满足输入的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"条件\"><emph>条件</emph></link>，则插入在「<emph>记录编号</emph>」框中指定的数据库字段的内容，作为邮件合并字段。只考虑在数据源视图中通过多重选择确定的记录。" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7822,7 +7822,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152776\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated." -msgstr "插入在<emph>选择数据库</emph>框中选定的数据库表格的名称。“数据库名称”字段是全局字段，也就是说，如果在文档中插入其他的数据库名称，则先前插入的所有“数据库名称”字段的内容都会更新。" +msgstr "插入在「<emph>选择数据库</emph>」框中选中的数据库表格的名称。「数据库名称」字段是全局字段，也就是说，如果在文档中插入其他的数据库名称，则先前插入的所有「数据库名称」字段的内容都会更新。" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7862,7 +7862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155861\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use the \"Next record\" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document." -msgstr "可以使用“下一个记录”字段，在文档中的邮件合并字段之间插入连续记录的内容。" +msgstr "可以使用「下一个记录」字段，在文档中的邮件合并字段之间插入连续记录的内容。" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7878,7 +7878,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147495\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserts the number of the selected database record." -msgstr "插入选定的数据库记录的编号。" +msgstr "插入选中的数据库记录的编号。" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7910,7 +7910,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147739\n" "help.text" msgid "If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the \"Any Record\" and \"Next Record\" fields are inserted. The default condition is \"True\", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text." -msgstr "如果需要，您可以指定插入“任何一个记录”和“下一个记录”字段的内容前必须满足的条件。默认的条件为 \"True\"，即如果不修改条件的文字，则条件始终为 True。" +msgstr "如果需要，您可以指定插入「任何一个记录」和「下一个记录」字段的内容前必须满足的条件。默认的条件为 \"True\"，即如果不修改条件的文字，则条件始终为 True。" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7966,7 +7966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150922\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">使用在选定数据库中定义的格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">使用在选中数据库中定义的格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7982,7 +7982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10772\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">打开一个可选择数据库文件 (*.odb) 的文件打开对话框。选定文件添加到“数据库选择”列表中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">打开一个可选择数据库文件 (*.odb) 的文件打开对话框。选中文件添加到「数据库选择」列表中。</ahelp>" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7998,7 +7998,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154333\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">应用您在<emph>自定义格式列表</emph>中选择的格式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">应用您在「<emph>自定义格式列表</emph>」中选择的格式。</ahelp>" #: 04090006.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8030,7 +8030,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10803\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在打印含有数据库字段的文档时，会出现一个对话框，询问您是否要打印格式信函。如果您回答“是”，将打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">邮件合并</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中选择要打印的数据库记录。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在打印含有数据库字段的文档时，会出现一个对话框，询问您是否要打印格式信函。如果您回答「是」，将打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">邮件合并</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中选择要打印的数据库记录。</ahelp>" #: 04090007.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8086,7 +8086,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149696\n" "help.text" msgid "For \"Date\" and \"Time\" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time." -msgstr "对于“日期”字段和“时间”字段，参数 TYPE 等于 DATETIME。日期或时间的格式由参数 SDNUM 指定，例如，日期格式为 DD:MM:YY，时间格式为 HH:MM:SS。" +msgstr "对于「日期」字段和「时间」字段，参数 TYPE 等于 DATETIME。日期或时间的格式由参数 SDNUM 指定，例如，日期格式为 DD:MM:YY，时间格式为 HH:MM:SS。" #: 04090007.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8102,7 +8102,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149485\n" "help.text" msgid "Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:" -msgstr "下表中是 $[officename] 可以识别为字段的特殊日期和时间 HTML 标记示例：" +msgstr "下表中是 $[officename] 可以识别为字段的特殊日期和时间 HTML 标记示例:" #: 04090007.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8198,7 +8198,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147487\n" "help.text" msgid "For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the \"Created\" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not." -msgstr "对于文档信息字段，参数 TYPE 等于 DOCINFO。参数 SUBTYPE 显示特定的字段类型，例如，对于“创建”文档信息字段，SUBTYPE=CREATE。对于日期和时间文档信息字段，参数 FORMAT 等于 DATE 或 TIME，参数 SDNUM 指示使用的数字格式。参数 SDFIXED 指示文档信息字段的内容是否固定。" +msgstr "对于文档信息字段，参数 TYPE 等于 DOCINFO。参数 SUBTYPE 显示特定的字段类型，例如，对于「创建」文档信息字段，SUBTYPE=CREATE。对于日期和时间文档信息字段，参数 FORMAT 等于 DATE 或 TIME，参数 SDNUM 指示使用的数字格式。参数 SDFIXED 指示文档信息字段的内容是否固定。" #: 04090007.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8214,7 +8214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149562\n" "help.text" msgid "Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:" -msgstr "下表中是 $[officename] 可以识别为字段的特殊文档信息 HTML 标记示例：" +msgstr "下表中是 $[officename] 可以识别为字段的特殊文档信息 HTML 标记示例:" #: 04090007.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8318,7 +8318,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3146041\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog\">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog\">在文档中插入文本字段，通过单击此字段，可以打开并编辑字段。</ahelp>您可以将输入字段用于文本，也可以通过它为变量指定新值。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog\">在文档中插入文本字段，通过点击此字段，可以打开并编辑字段。</ahelp>您可以将输入字段用于文本，也可以通过它为变量指定新值。" #: 04090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8326,7 +8326,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154470\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog." -msgstr "要修改文档中输入字段的内容，请单击此字段，然后在位于对话框下方的框中编辑文字。" +msgstr "要修改文档中输入字段的内容，请点击此字段，然后在位于对话框下方的框中编辑文字。" #: 04090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8398,7 +8398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147171\n" "help.text" msgid "You can define conditions for the following field types:" -msgstr "可以为以下字段类型定义条件：" +msgstr "可以为以下字段类型定义条件:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8406,7 +8406,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151185\n" "help.text" msgid "Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false." -msgstr "有条件的文字：如果条件为 True，则显示文字 A，否则显示文字 B。" +msgstr "有条件的文字: 如果条件为 True，则显示文字 A，否则显示文字 B。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8414,7 +8414,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149289\n" "help.text" msgid "Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true." -msgstr "隐藏文字：如果条件为 True，则隐藏字段的内容。" +msgstr "隐藏文字: 如果条件为 True，则隐藏字段的内容。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8422,7 +8422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145412\n" "help.text" msgid "Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true." -msgstr "隐藏段落：如果条件为 True，则隐藏段落。" +msgstr "隐藏段落: 如果条件为 True，则隐藏段落。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8430,7 +8430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147515\n" "help.text" msgid "Any record and next record: controls the access to database records." -msgstr "“任何一个记录”和“下一个记录”：控制对数据库记录的访问。" +msgstr "「任何一个记录」和「下一个记录」: 控制对数据库记录的访问。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8438,7 +8438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149802\n" "help.text" msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:" -msgstr "定义条件最简单的方法，是使用以下值直接在<emph>条件</emph>框中键入逻辑表达式：" +msgstr "定义条件最简单的方法，是使用以下值直接在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中输入逻辑表达式:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8478,7 +8478,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147090\n" "help.text" msgid "If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met." -msgstr "空的<emph>条件</emph>框被解释为不满足条件。" +msgstr "空的「<emph>条件</emph>」框被解释为不满足条件。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8494,7 +8494,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153638\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:" -msgstr "定义条件时，可以使用以下变量类型：" +msgstr "定义条件时，可以使用以下变量类型:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8510,7 +8510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156273\n" "help.text" msgid "Custom variables, that are a created with the \"Set variable\" field" -msgstr "自定义的变量，使用“设置变量”字段创建" +msgstr "自定义的变量，使用「设置变量」字段创建" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8550,7 +8550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150122\n" "help.text" msgid "The following examples use a variable called \"x\":" -msgstr "以下示例使用了变量 \"x\" ：" +msgstr "以下示例使用了变量 \"x\" :" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8686,7 +8686,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153124\n" "help.text" msgid "The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:" -msgstr "下表列出了用户数据变量及其含义：" +msgstr "下表列出了用户数据变量及其含义:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8950,7 +8950,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150147\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as \"LM\", enter the condition: user_initials==\"LM\"." -msgstr "例如，要隐藏来自具有特定缩写的某个用户（如 \"LM\"）的段落、文字或区域，请输入条件：user_initials==\"LM\"。" +msgstr "例如，要隐藏来自具有特定缩写的某个用户（如 \"LM\"）的段落、文字或区域，请输入条件: user_initials==\"LM\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -8966,7 +8966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154128\n" "help.text" msgid "You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:" -msgstr "可以定义用于访问数据库或数据库字段的条件。例如，可以使用条件来检查数据库字段的内容，或者在逻辑表达式中使用数据库字段。下表列出在条件中使用数据库的更多示例：" +msgstr "可以定义用于访问数据库或数据库字段的条件。例如，可以使用条件来检查数据库字段的内容，或者在逻辑表达式中使用数据库字段。下表列出在条件中使用数据库的更多示例:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9118,7 +9118,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153891\n" "help.text" msgid "Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field" -msgstr "示例：隐藏空数据库字段" +msgstr "示例: 隐藏空数据库字段" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9134,7 +9134,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150067\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\"" -msgstr "选择<emph>隐藏段落</emph>列表条目，并键入以下条件：Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\"" +msgstr "选择「<emph>隐藏段落</emph>」列表条目，并输入以下条件: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\"" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9142,7 +9142,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147110\n" "help.text" msgid "or type the following" -msgstr "或键入以下内容" +msgstr "或输入以下内容" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9182,7 +9182,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145231\n" "help.text" msgid "The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields." -msgstr "以下示例使用“有条件的文字”字段。这些示例同样适用于其他可与条件链接的字段。条件所使用的语法对于隐藏的文字、隐藏的段落、任何一个记录或下一个记录等字段也适用。" +msgstr "以下示例使用「有条件的文字」字段。这些示例同样适用于其他可与条件链接的字段。条件所使用的语法对于隐藏的文字、隐藏的段落、任何一个记录或下一个记录等字段也适用。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9190,7 +9190,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3150311\n" "help.text" msgid "To display conditional text based on the number of pages:" -msgstr "显示基于页数的有条件的文字：" +msgstr "显示基于页数的有条件的文字:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9198,7 +9198,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150333\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab." -msgstr "选择<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>，然后单击<emph>函数</emph>选项卡。" +msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>函数</emph>」选项卡。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9206,7 +9206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147471\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click \"Conditional text\"." -msgstr "在<emph>类型</emph>列表中，单击“有条件的文字”。" +msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中，点击「有条件的文字」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9214,7 +9214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154294\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type \"page == 1\"." -msgstr "在<emph>条件</emph>框中，键入 \"page == 1\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中，输入 \"page == 1\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154319\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"There is only one page\"." -msgstr "在<emph>则</emph>框中，键入 \"There is only one page\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>则</emph>」框中，输入 \"There is only one page\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9230,7 +9230,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150640\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"There are several pages\"." -msgstr "在<emph>或</emph>框中，键入 \"There are several pages\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>或</emph>」框中，输入 \"There are several pages\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9238,7 +9238,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153086\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>插入</emph>，然后单击<emph>关闭</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>关闭</emph>」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9254,7 +9254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155836\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab." -msgstr "选择<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>，然后单击<emph>变量</emph>选项卡。" +msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>变量</emph>」选项卡。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9262,7 +9262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155109\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Set Variable\"." -msgstr "在<emph>类型</emph>列表中，单击“设置变量”。" +msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中，点击「设置变量」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9270,7 +9270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147008\n" "help.text" msgid "In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type \"Profit\"." -msgstr "在<emph>名称</emph>框中，键入 \"Profit\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>名称</emph>」框中，输入 \"Profit\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9278,7 +9278,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147032\n" "help.text" msgid "In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type \"5000\"." -msgstr "在<emph>值</emph>框中，键入 \"5000\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>值</emph>」框中，输入 \"5000\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9286,7 +9286,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152974\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>插入</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9294,7 +9294,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152998\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list." -msgstr "单击<emph>功能</emph>选项卡，并在<emph>字段类型</emph>列表中单击“有条件的文字”。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>功能</emph>」选项卡，并在「<emph>字段类型</emph>」列表中点击「有条件的文字」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9302,7 +9302,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150952\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"." -msgstr "在<emph>条件</emph>框中，键入 \"Profit < 5000\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中，输入 \"Profit < 5000\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9310,7 +9310,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156291\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"Target is not met\"." -msgstr "在<emph>则</emph>框中，键入 \"Target is not met\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>则</emph>」框中，输入 \"Target is not met\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9318,7 +9318,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156317\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"Target is met\"." -msgstr "在<emph>或者</emph>框中，键入 \"Target is met\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>或者</emph>」框中，输入 \"Target is met\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9326,7 +9326,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154366\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>插入</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9342,7 +9342,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3155573\n" "help.text" msgid "To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:" -msgstr "显示基于数据库字段内容的有条件的文字：" +msgstr "显示基于数据库字段内容的有条件的文字:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9350,7 +9350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155587\n" "help.text" msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]." -msgstr "此示例的第一部分在文档的“名字”和“姓氏”字段之间插入一个空格，第二部分则根据字段内容插入文本。此示例要求在 $[officename] 中注册地址数据源。" +msgstr "此示例的第一部分在文档的「名字」和「姓氏」字段之间插入一个空格，第二部分则根据字段内容插入文本。此示例要求在 $[officename] 中注册地址数据源。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9358,7 +9358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150523\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab." -msgstr "选择<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>，然后单击<emph>数据库</emph>选项卡。" +msgstr "选择「<emph>插入 - 字段 - 更多字段</emph>」，然后点击「<emph>数据库</emph>」选项卡。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9366,7 +9366,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148811\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"." -msgstr "在<emph>类型</emph>列表中，单击“邮件合并字段”。" +msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中，点击「邮件合并字段」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9374,7 +9374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148841\n" "help.text" msgid "In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"." -msgstr "在<emph>选择数据库</emph>框中，双击某个地址簿，单击 \"First Name\"，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。重复此步骤，插入 \"Last Name\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>选择数据库</emph>」框中，双击某个地址簿，点击 \"First Name\"，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。重复此步骤，插入 \"Last Name\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9382,7 +9382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147549\n" "help.text" msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:" -msgstr "在文档中，将光标置于两个字段之间，按空格键，然后返回 <emph>字段</emph>对话框：" +msgstr "在文档中，将光标置于两个字段之间，按空格键，然后返回 <emph>字段</emph>对话框:" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9390,7 +9390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150416\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list." -msgstr "单击<emph>功能</emph>选项卡，然后在<emph>类型</emph>列表中单击“有条件的文字”。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>功能</emph>」选项卡，然后在「<emph>类型</emph>」列表中点击「有条件的文字」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9398,7 +9398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153589\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"." -msgstr "在<emph>条件</emph>框中，键入：\"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中，输入: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9406,7 +9406,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153615\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank." -msgstr "在<emph>则</emph>框中键入一个空格，并将<emph>或</emph>框保留空。" +msgstr "在「<emph>则</emph>」框中输入一个空格，并将<emph>或</emph>框保留空。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9422,7 +9422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150574\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab." -msgstr "在<emph>字段</emph>对话框中，单击<emph>功能</emph>选项卡。" +msgstr "在「<emph>字段</emph>对话框中，点击<emph>功能</emph>」选项卡。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9430,7 +9430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150605\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click \"Conditional text\"." -msgstr "在<emph>类型</emph>框中，单击“有条件的文字”。" +msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」框中，点击「有条件的文字」。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9438,7 +9438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151277\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\"" -msgstr "在<emph>条件</emph>框中，键入：Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\"" +msgstr "在「<emph>条件</emph>」框中，输入: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\"" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9446,7 +9446,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151303\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type \"Dear\"." -msgstr "在<emph>则</emph>框中，键入 \"Dear\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>则</emph>」框中，输入 \"Dear\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9454,7 +9454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149138\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type \"Hello\"." -msgstr "在<emph>或</emph>框中，键入 \"Hello\"。" +msgstr "在「<emph>或</emph>」框中，输入 \"Hello\"。" #: 04090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9462,7 +9462,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149163\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>插入</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" #: 04090300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9470,7 +9470,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "Edit fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑字段" #: 04090300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9510,7 +9510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id511519649431645\n" "help.text" msgid "Type pane" -msgstr "“类型”窗格" +msgstr "「类型」窗格" #: 04090300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9526,7 +9526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id931519650651402\n" "help.text" msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑" #: 04090300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9582,7 +9582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3147416\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\">Index Entry</link>" -msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"条目\">条目</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"索引条目\">索引条目</link>" #: 04120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9622,7 +9622,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150565\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">将选定的文本标记为索引或目录条目。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">将选中的文本标记为索引或目录条目。</ahelp></variable>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9630,7 +9630,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147571\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Reference - Index Entry...\"><emph>Edit - Reference - Index Entry...</emph></link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要编辑索引条目，请将光标置于索引字段之前，然后选择「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"编辑 - 引用 - 索引条目...\"><emph>编辑 - 引用 - 索引条目...</emph></link>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9638,7 +9638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145760\n" "help.text" msgid "You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries." -msgstr "在选择和插入条目时，可以使<emph>插入目录条目</emph>对话框保持打开状态。" +msgstr "在选择和插入条目时，可以保持「<emph>插入目录条目</emph>」对话框的打开状态。" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9678,7 +9678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151312\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">显示在文档中选定的文字。如果需要，可以为索引条目输入不同的词。文档中选定的文字不会被修改。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/entryed\">显示文档中选中的文字。如果需要，可以为索引条目输入不同的词。文档中选中的文字不会被修改。</ahelp>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9694,7 +9694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152953\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">当前选择将成为您在此处输入的词的子条目。例如，如果您选择 \"cold\" 并输入 \"weather\" 作为第一个关键字，则索引条目为 \"weather, cold\"。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key1cb\">将当前选中的内容作为您在此处输入的词的子条目。例如，如果您选择「cold」并输入「weather」作为第一个关键字，则索引条目为「weather, cold」。</ahelp>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9710,7 +9710,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155904\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">将当前选择设定为第一个关键字的第二级子条目。例如，如果选择 \"cold\"，并输入 \"weather\" 作为第一个关键字，输入 \"winter\" 作为第二个关键字，则索引条目为 \"weather, winter, cold\"。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/key2cb\">将当前选中的内容作为第一个关键字的第二级子条目。例如，如果选择「cold」，并输入「weather」作为第一个关键字，「winter」作为第二个关键字，则索引条目为「weather, winter, cold」。</ahelp>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9742,7 +9742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151248\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb\">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb\">将选定的文字作为字母顺序索引中的主条目。</ahelp>$[officename] 在索引中以与其他条目不同的格式显示主条目的页码。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/mainentrycb\">将选中的文字作为字母顺序索引中的主条目。</ahelp>$[officename] 在索引中以与其他条目不同的格式显示主条目的页码。" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9782,7 +9782,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145783\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb\">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb\">自动标记在文档中其他位置出现的、与选定文字相同的文字。不包括页眉、页脚、框架和标题中的文字。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb\">自动标记在文档中其他位置出现的、与选中文字相同的文字。不包括页眉、页脚、框架和标题中的文字。</ahelp>" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9790,7 +9790,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155920\n" "help.text" msgid "You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog." -msgstr "对于在此对话框中手动输入的<emph>条目</emph>，此功能不可用。" +msgstr "对于在此对话框中手动输入的「<emph>条目</emph>」，此功能不可用。" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9798,7 +9798,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147496\n" "help.text" msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>." -msgstr "要将文字段落中的每次出现都包含在索引中，请选择文字，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 查找和替换</emph>」，并单击「<emph>查找全部</emph>」。然后选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 索引条目</emph>」，并单击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" +msgstr "要将文字段落中的每次出现都包含在索引中，请选择文字，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - 查找和替换</emph>」，并点击「<emph>查找全部</emph>」。然后选择「<emph>插入 - 目录与索引 - 索引条目</emph>」，并点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。" #: 04120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10006,7 +10006,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149290\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles\">选择要对选定索引级别应用的段落样式，然后单击“指定”(<emph><</emph>) 按钮。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles\">选择要对选中索引级别应用的段落样式，然后点击「指定」(<emph><</emph>) 按钮。</ahelp>" #: 04120201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10022,7 +10022,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154099\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign\">使用选定的段落样式格式化选定的索引级别。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign\">使用选中的段落样式格式化选中的索引级别。</ahelp>" #: 04120201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10038,7 +10038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153539\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default\">将选定级别的格式重设为“默认”段落样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default\">将选中级别的格式重设为「默认」段落样式。</ahelp>" #: 04120201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10054,7 +10054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153675\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit\">打开<emph>段落样式</emph>对话框，可以在其中修改选定的段落样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit\">打开<emph>段落样式</emph>对话框，可以在其中修改选中的段落样式。</ahelp>" #: 04120210.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10062,7 +10062,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "类型" #: 04120210.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10230,7 +10230,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153532\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">输入选定索引的标题。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">输入选中索引的标题。</ahelp>" #: 04120211.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10246,7 +10246,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153665\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enable cursor</emph> check box in the <emph>Protected Areas</emph> section." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly\">防止修改索引内容。</ahelp>当刷新索引时，将丢失对索引所做的手动修改。如果要使光标在受保护的区域中滚动，请选择 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph>，然后选择<emph>光标定位在保护区域 - 已启用</emph>复选框。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly\">防止修改索引内容。</ahelp>当刷新索引时，将丢失对索引所做的手动修改。如果要使光标在受保护的区域中滚动，请选择「<emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - 格式化辅助</emph>」，然后选择<emph>光标定位在保护区域 - 已启用</emph>复选框。" #: 04120211.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10318,7 +10318,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id1209200804373840\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog." -msgstr "您也可以在“格式” - “段落”对话框的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">大纲 & 编号</link>选项卡页面中指定大纲级别。" +msgstr "您也可以在「格式」-「段落」对话框的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">大纲 & 编号</link>选项卡页面中指定大纲级别。" #: 04120211.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10334,7 +10334,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152772\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">包括您在<emph>指定样式</emph>对话框中指定为索引条目的段落样式。要选择要在索引中包括的段落样式，请单击此框右侧的<emph>指定样式(...</emph>) 按钮。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">包括您在「<emph>指定样式</emph>对话框中指定为索引条目的段落样式。要选择要在索引中包括的段落样式，请点击此框右侧的<emph>指定样式(...</emph>」) 按钮。</ahelp></variable>" #: 04120211.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10414,7 +10414,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153810\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">用单个条目替换相同的索引条目，此单个条目列出了条目在文档中出现的页码。例如，条目“视图 10、视图 43”合并为“视图 10、43”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">用单个条目替换相同的索引条目，此单个条目列出了条目在文档中出现的页码。例如，条目「视图 10、视图 43」合并为「视图 10、43」。</ahelp>" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10430,7 +10430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3083451\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff\">用单个条目替换出现在下一页或下几页上的相同的索引条目，该单个条目列出了第一次出现该条目的页码，并带有 或 。例如，条目“视图 10、视图 11、视图 12”合并为“视图 10pp”，“视图 10、视图 11”合并为“视图 10p”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff\">用单个条目替换出现在下一页或下几页上的相同的索引条目，该单个条目列出了第一次出现该条目的页码，并带有 或 。例如，条目「视图 10、视图 11、视图 12」合并为「视图 10pp」，「视图 10、视图 11」合并为「视图 10p」。</ahelp>" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10438,7 +10438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3157870\n" "help.text" msgid "Combine with -" -msgstr "合并采用" +msgstr "合并 -" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10446,7 +10446,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145825\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash\">用单个条目替换出现在连续页上的相同索引条目，并带有条目出现的页码范围。例如，条目“视图 10、视图 11、视图 12”合并为“视图 10-12”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash\">用单个条目替换出现在连续页上的相同索引条目，并带有条目出现的页码范围。例如，条目「视图 10、视图 11、视图 12」合并为「视图 10-12」。</ahelp>" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10470,7 +10470,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10671\n" "help.text" msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared." -msgstr "要对亚洲语言使用多级排序，请选择<emph>区分大小写</emph>。在多级排序中，会忽略条目的大小写与音调符号，而只比较条目的基本形式。如果形式相同，则比较音调符号。如果形式仍然相同，则比较大小写、字符宽度和日文假名差异。" +msgstr "要对亚洲语言使用多级排序，请选择「<emph>区分大小写</emph>」。在多级排序中，会忽略条目的大小写与音调符号，而只比较条目的基本形式。如果形式相同，则比较音调符号。如果形式仍然相同，则比较大小写、字符宽度和日文假名差异。" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10486,7 +10486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148772\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">自动大写索引条目的第一个字母。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">自动将索引条目的第一个字母转为大写。</ahelp>" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10510,7 +10510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151184\n" "help.text" msgid "To define an index key, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog." -msgstr "要定义索引关键词，请选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"插入索引条目\"><emph>插入索引条目</emph></link> 对话框。" +msgstr "要定义索引关键词，请选择「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"插入索引条目\"><emph>插入索引条目</emph></link>」对话框。" #: 04120212.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10646,7 +10646,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153677\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions\">通过对象标题创建索引条目。</ahelp>要将一个标题添加到对象，请选择该对象，然后选择<emph>插入 - 标题</emph>。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions\">通过对象标题创建索引条目。</ahelp>要将一个标题添加到对象，请选择该对象，然后选择「<emph>插入 - 标题</emph>」。" #: 04120213.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10710,7 +10710,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153636\n" "help.text" msgid "Illustration 24: The Sun" -msgstr "插图 24：太阳" +msgstr "插图 24: 太阳" #: 04120213.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10750,7 +10750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155915\n" "help.text" msgid "If you select \"Caption Text\", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry." -msgstr "如果选择“标题文字”，则标题起始处的标点和空格将不会在目录条目中出现。" +msgstr "如果选择「标题文字」，则标题起始处的标点和空格将不会出现在索引条目中。" #: 04120213.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10766,7 +10766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155863\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">通过对象名称创建索引条目。</ahelp>例如，您可以在“导航”中查看对象名称，并在上下文菜单中修改它们。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">通过对象名称创建索引条目。</ahelp>例如，您可以在「导航」中查看对象名称，并在右键菜单中修改它们。" #: 04120214.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -10822,7 +10822,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151174\n" "help.text" msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document." -msgstr "当您在文档中插入索引条目时，<emph>类型</emph>框中包括自定义索引。" +msgstr "当您在文档中插入索引条目时，可在「<emph>类型</emph>」框中选择自定义索引。" #: 04120215.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11014,7 +11014,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154647\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">自动对参考文献条目编号。</ahelp> 要设置编号的排序选项，请单击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"条目\">条目</link>」选项卡。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">自动对参考文献条目编号。</ahelp> 要设置编号的排序选项，请点击「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"条目\">条目</link>」选项卡。" #: 04120217.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11078,7 +11078,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147176\n" "help.text" msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want." -msgstr "要从段落样式创建索引条目，请在<emph>样式</emph>列表中单击此样式，然后单击 <emph>>></emph> 按钮，将样式移到所需的索引级别。" +msgstr "要从段落样式创建索引条目，请在「<emph>样式</emph>」列表中点击此样式，然后点击「<emph>>></emph>」按钮，将样式移到所需的索引级别。" #: 04120219.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11094,7 +11094,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149289\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">将选定的段落样式在索引层次结构中向上移动一级。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">将选中的段落样式在索引层次结构中向上移动一级。</ahelp>" #: 04120219.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11110,7 +11110,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3157903\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">将选定的段落样式在索引层次结构中向下移动一级。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">将选中的段落样式在索引层次结构中向下移动一级。</ahelp>" #: 04120220.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11246,7 +11246,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154638\n" "help.text" msgid "The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button." -msgstr "<emph>结构</emph>行定义索引中的条目如何组成。要更改某个条目的外观，您可以在此行的空白框中输入代码或者文本。也可以在空白框中或在代码上单击，然后单击代码按钮。" +msgstr "<emph>结构</emph>行定义索引中的条目如何组成。要更改某个条目的外观，您可以在此行的空白框中输入代码或者文本。也可以在空白框中或在代码上点击，然后点击代码按钮。" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11262,7 +11262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147512\n" "help.text" msgid "To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> key." -msgstr "要删除<emph>结构</emph>行中的代码，请单击代码，然后按 <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> 键。" +msgstr "要删除<emph>结构</emph>行中的代码，请点击代码，然后按 <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> 键。" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11270,7 +11270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149806\n" "help.text" msgid "To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button." -msgstr "要替换<emph>结构</emph>行中的代码，请单击代码，然后单击代码按钮。" +msgstr "要替换<emph>结构</emph>行中的代码，请点击代码，然后点击代码按钮。" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11278,7 +11278,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154480\n" "help.text" msgid "To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button." -msgstr "要在<emph>结构</emph>行上添加代码，请在空白框中单击，然后单击代码按钮。" +msgstr "要在<emph>结构</emph>行上添加代码，请在空白框中点击，然后点击代码按钮。" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11326,7 +11326,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149490\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">插入制表位。要在制表位前添加前置点，请在<emph>填充字符</emph>框中选择字符。要修改制表位的位置，请在<emph>制表位位置</emph>框中输入数值，或者选择<emph>右对齐</emph>复选框。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">插入制表位。要在制表位前添加前置点，请在「<emph>填充字符</emph>」框中选择字符。要修改制表位的位置，请在「<emph>制表位位置</emph>」框中输入数值，或者选择<emph>右对齐</emph>复选框。</ahelp>" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11358,7 +11358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153631\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">为条目中包含在起始 (LS) 与终止 (LE) 超链接标记中的部分创建超级链接。在<emph>结构</emph>行上，单击您想要创建超级链接的部分前面的空白框，然后单击此按钮。单击您想要创建超级链接的部分后面的空白框，然后再次单击此按钮。所有超级链接必须是唯一的。只对目录可用。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">为条目中包含在起始 (LS) 与终止 (LE) 超链接标记中的部分创建超级链接。在<emph>结构</emph>行上，点击您想要创建超级链接的部分前面的空白框，然后点击此按钮。点击您想要创建超级链接的部分后面的空白框，然后再次点击此按钮。所有超级链接必须是唯一的。只对目录可用。</ahelp>" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11390,7 +11390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156277\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">指定<emph>结构</emph>行中选定部分的格式样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">指定<emph>结构</emph>行中选中部分的格式样式。</ahelp>" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11406,7 +11406,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151372\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">打开一个对话框，可以在其中编辑选定的字符样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">打开一个对话框，可以在其中编辑选中的字符样式。</ahelp>" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11470,7 +11470,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id6499221\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">只有当您在“结构”行中单击 E# 按钮时才可见。选择显示章节编号时是否带连字符。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">只有当您在「结构」行中点击 E# 按钮时才可见。选择显示章节编号时是否带连字符。</ahelp>" #: 04120221.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11486,7 +11486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150554\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">相对于在<emph>样式</emph>选项卡中对选定段落样式的“左缩减”值定义的数值来定位制表符。否则，将相对于左侧文字边距定位制表位。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">相对于在「<emph>样式</emph>」选项卡中对选中段落样式的「左缩减」值定义的数值来定位制表符。否则，将相对于左侧文字边距定位制表位。</ahelp>" #: 04120222.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11534,7 +11534,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154573\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">插入章节信息，如章节的标题和编号。选择要在<emph>章节条目</emph>框中显示的信息。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">插入章节信息，如章节的标题和编号。选择要在「<emph>章节条目</emph>」框中显示的信息。</ahelp>" #: 04120222.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11582,7 +11582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149109\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">为按字母排序的索引中的主条目指定格式样式。要将一个索引条目转换为一个主条目，在文档中的索引字段前面单击，之后选择<emph>编辑 - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>索引条目</emph></link>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">为字母顺序索引中的主条目指定格式样式。要将索引条目转换为主条目，请在文档中该索引字段前面点击，然后选择「<emph>编辑 - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"索引条目\"><emph>索引条目</emph></link>。</ahelp>" #: 04120222.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11678,7 +11678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150020\n" "help.text" msgid "An Index of Tables only has one index level." -msgstr "“表格索引”只有一级。" +msgstr "「表格索引」只有一级。" #: 04120225.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11798,7 +11798,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147175\n" "help.text" msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=\".\">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries." -msgstr "列出可用的参考文献条目。<ahelp hid=\".\">要将某个条目添加到「结构」行，单击此条目，单击「结构」行的空白框，然后单击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>使用「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定义参考文献条目\">定义参考文献条目</link>」对话框添加新的条目。" +msgstr "列出可用的参考文献条目。<ahelp hid=\".\">要将某个条目添加到「结构」行，点击此条目，点击「结构」行的空白框，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>使用「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定义参考文献条目\">定义参考文献条目</link>」对话框添加新的条目。" #: 04120227.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11814,7 +11814,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151178\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">将选定的参考文献条目的引用代码添加到「结构」行中。在列表中选择条目，单击空白框，然后单击此按钮。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">将选中的参考文献条目的引用代码添加到「结构」行中。在列表中选择条目，点击空白框，然后点击此按钮。</ahelp>" #: 04120227.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11830,7 +11830,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149807\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">从“结构”行中删除选定的引用代码。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">从「结构」行中删除选中的引用代码。</ahelp>" #: 04120227.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -11878,7 +11878,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149687\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents\">按照您指定的“排序”关键字对参考文献条目进行排序，例如，按照作者或者按照出版年份。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents\">按照您指定的「排序」关键字对参考文献条目进行排序，例如，按照作者或者按照出版年份。</ahelp>" #: 04120227.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12054,7 +12054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151180\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">创建或编辑要包含在“字母排序索引”中的字词列表。</ahelp>索引文件列出由字母排序索引中引用的字词，这些字词与页码一起出现在文档中。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">创建或编辑要包含在「字母排序索引」中的字词列表。</ahelp>索引文件列出由字母排序索引中引用的字词，这些字词与页码一起出现在文档中。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12062,7 +12062,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id837427\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times." -msgstr "您可以使用在“查找和替换”对话框中的“查找全部”按钮以突出显示字词出现的全部地方，然后打开“插入索引条目”对话框添加此字词并放入字母排序索引中。但是，如果您在多个文档中需要相同的字母排序索引集，此索引文件只允许每个字词输入一次，然后多次使用列表。" +msgstr "您可以使用「查找和替换」对话框中的「查找全部」按钮来高亮显示字词出现的所有位置，然后打开「插入索引条目」对话框添加此字词，并将其放入字母顺序索引。如果您在多个文档中需要同一组字母顺序索引，使用索引文件允许您每个字词只输入一次，然后可反复使用该列表。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12070,7 +12070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3154645\n" "help.text" msgid "To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:" -msgstr "访问“编辑索引文件”对话框：" +msgstr "访问「编辑索引文件」对话框:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12086,7 +12086,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145420\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"." -msgstr "在<emph>类型</emph>框中选择“字母顺序索引”。" +msgstr "在「<emph>类型</emph>」框中选择「字母顺序索引」。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12094,7 +12094,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154107\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box." -msgstr "在<emph>选项</emph>区域中选中<emph>索引文件</emph>复选框。" +msgstr "在「<emph>选项</emph>」区域中选中<emph>索引文件</emph>复选框。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12102,7 +12102,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153668\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>文件</emph>按钮，然后选择<emph>新建</emph>或<emph>编辑</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>文件</emph>」按钮，然后选择「<emph>新建</emph>」或<emph>编辑</emph>。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12110,7 +12110,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154470\n" "help.text" msgid "A concordance file contains the following fields:" -msgstr "索引文件中含有以下字段：" +msgstr "索引文件中含有以下字段:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12118,7 +12118,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152953\n" "help.text" msgid "\"Search term\" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document." -msgstr "“查找条目”是指要在文档中标记的索引条目。" +msgstr "「查找术语」指要在文档中标记的索引条目。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12126,7 +12126,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155896\n" "help.text" msgid "\"Alternative entry\" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index." -msgstr "“可选条目”是指要在索引中显示的条目。" +msgstr "「替代条目」是指要在索引中显示的条目。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12134,7 +12134,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154194\n" "help.text" msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys." -msgstr "第一个和第二个关键字是父索引条目。“查找条件”或“可选条目”作为子条目显示在第一个和第二个关键字的下面。" +msgstr "第一个和第二个关键字是父索引条目。「查找条件」或「可选条目」作为子条目显示在第一个和第二个关键字的下面。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12142,7 +12142,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155184\n" "help.text" msgid "\"Match case\" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered." -msgstr "“区分大小写”表示要区分大小写。" +msgstr "「区分大小写」表示要区分大小写。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12150,7 +12150,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3143282\n" "help.text" msgid "\"Word only\" searches for the term as a single word." -msgstr "“全字匹配”表示查找的条目必须是单独的词。" +msgstr "「全字匹配」表示查找的条目必须是单独的词。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12158,7 +12158,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147220\n" "help.text" msgid "To enable the \"Match case\" or \"Word only\" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box." -msgstr "要启用“区分大小写”或“全字匹配”选项，请单击相应的单元格，然后选中复选框。" +msgstr "要启用「区分大小写」或「全字匹配」选项，请点击相应的单元格，然后选中复选框。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12166,7 +12166,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3153629\n" "help.text" msgid "To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:" -msgstr "不使用“编辑索引文件”对话框创建索引文件：" +msgstr "不使用「编辑索引文件」对话框创建索引文件:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12174,7 +12174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153644\n" "help.text" msgid "Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:" -msgstr "在创建索引文件时，请使用以下格式准则：" +msgstr "在创建索引文件时，请使用以下格式准则:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12198,7 +12198,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153354\n" "help.text" msgid "Use the following format for the entries:" -msgstr "在条目中应用以下格式：" +msgstr "在条目中应用以下格式:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12214,7 +12214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156270\n" "help.text" msgid "The entries \"Match case\" and \"Word only\" are interpreted as \"No\" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as \"Yes\" or TRUE." -msgstr "如果“区分大小写”和“整个字”条目为空缺或为零 (0)，则这两项解释为“否”或 FALSE。所有其他内容解释为“是”或 TRUE。" +msgstr "如果「区分大小写」和「整个字」条目为空缺或为零 (0)，则这两项解释为「否」或 FALSE。所有其他内容解释为「是」或 TRUE。" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12230,7 +12230,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155907\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, to include the word \"Boston\" in your alphabetical index under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:" -msgstr "例如，要将词语 \"Boston\" 包含在字母顺序索引中的 \"Cities\" 条目下，请在索引文件中输入以下行：" +msgstr "例如，要将词语 \"Boston\" 包含在字母顺序索引中的 \"Cities\" 条目下，请在索引文件中输入以下行:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12254,7 +12254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155866\n" "help.text" msgid "To include the \"Beacon Hill\" district in Boston under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line:" -msgstr "要在 \"Cities\" 条目下的 Boston 中包含 \"Beacon Hill\" 区，请输入以下行：" +msgstr "要在 \"Cities\" 条目下的 Boston 中包含 \"Beacon Hill\" 区，请输入以下行:" #: 04120250.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12366,7 +12366,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149824\n" "help.text" msgid "If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area." -msgstr "如果选定简称的作者与完整标题可用，则这些信息也将显示在此区域中。" +msgstr "如果选中简称的作者与完整标题可用，则这些信息也将显示在此区域中。" #: 04120300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12430,7 +12430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3157900\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit\">打开「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定义参考文献条目\">定义参考文献条目</link>」对话框，可在其中编辑选定的参考文献记录。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit\">打开「<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定义参考文献条目\">定义参考文献条目</link>」对话框，可在其中编辑选中的参考文献记录。</ahelp>" #: 04120300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12438,7 +12438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149172\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>" -msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"有关使用参考文献条目的提示\">有关使用参考文献条目的提示</link>。" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">有关使用参考文献条目的提示</link>" #: 04130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12478,7 +12478,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152952\n" "help.text" msgid "To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete." -msgstr "要删除框架，请单击该框架的边框，然后按 Delete 键。" +msgstr "要删除框架，请点击该框架的边框，然后按 Delete 键。" #: 04130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12502,7 +12502,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149694\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to \"As Character\". The \"Baseline\" is drawn in red, \"Character\" is the font height, and \"line\" is the height of the line, including the frame." -msgstr "您也可以预览将框架锁定修改为“作为字符”时的效果。“基线”以红色线条绘制，“字符”为字体高度，而“行”为包括框在内的行高度。" +msgstr "您也可以预览将框架锁定修改为「作为字符」时的效果。「基线」以红色线条绘制，「字符」为字体高度，而「行」为包括框在内的行高度。" #: 04130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12510,7 +12510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3149107\n" "help.text" msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar:" -msgstr "“插入”工具栏上的图标：" +msgstr "「插入」工具栏上的图标:" #: 04130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12518,7 +12518,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148970\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">在文档中拖动的位置绘制一个框架。单击图标旁边的箭头，选择框架的列数。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">在文档中拖动的位置绘制一个框架。点击图标旁边的箭头，选择框架的列数。</ahelp></variable>" #: 04130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12550,7 +12550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145248\n" "help.text" msgid "You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard." -msgstr "可以使用键盘调整选定框架和对象的大小或将其移动。" +msgstr "可以使用键盘调整选中框架和对象的大小或将其移动。" #: 04130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12558,7 +12558,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148771\n" "help.text" msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key." -msgstr "要移动选定的图文框或对象，请按方向键。要以像素为单位移动，请按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后按方向键。" +msgstr "要移动选中的图文框或对象，请按方向键。要以像素为单位移动，请按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后按方向键。" #: 04130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12566,7 +12566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150762\n" "help.text" msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key." -msgstr "要调整选定图文框或对象的大小，请先按 Ctrl+Tab 组合键。现在，其中一个控点会闪烁，表示它已经被选中。要选择另一个控点，请再次按 Ctrl+Tab 组合键。按方向键，就可以按照网格单位调整对象的大小。要以像素为单位调整大小，请按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后再按方向键。" +msgstr "要调整选中图文框或对象的大小，请先按 Ctrl+Tab 组合键。现在，其中一个控点会闪烁，表示它已经被选中。要选择另一个控点，请再次按 Ctrl+Tab 组合键。按方向键，就可以按照网格单位调整对象的大小。要以像素为单位调整大小，请按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 键，然后再按方向键。" #: 04130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12582,7 +12582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "Insert Table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "插入表格" #: 04150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12614,7 +12614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151181\n" "help.text" msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>." -msgstr "要将文本转换成表格，选择要转换的文本，然后选择<emph>表格 - 转换 - 文字转换成表格</emph>。" +msgstr "要将文本转换成表格，选择要转换的文本，然后选择「<emph>表格 - 转换 - 文字转换成表格</emph>」。" #: 04150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12782,7 +12782,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3147575\n" "help.text" msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar" -msgstr "“插入”工具栏上的图标" +msgstr "「插入」工具栏上的图标" #: 04150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12790,7 +12790,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153511\n" "help.text" msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell." -msgstr "在\"插入\"工具栏上单击<emph>表格</emph>图标可打开<emph>插入表格</emph>对话框，您可以在其中向当前文档插入表格。也可以单击此箭头，拖动并选择表格的行数和列数，然后在最后一个单元格中单击。" +msgstr "在\"插入\"工具栏上点击「<emph>表格</emph>」图标可打开<emph>插入表格</emph>对话框，您可以在其中向当前文档插入表格。也可以点击此箭头，拖动并选择表格的行数和列数，然后在最后一个单元格中点击。" #: 04150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12806,7 +12806,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150688\n" "help.text" msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>" -msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 首选项</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</link>" +msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - 偏好设置</caseinline><defaultinline>工具 - 选项</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - 表格</link>" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12894,7 +12894,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150533\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">列出在<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>中注册的数据库。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">列出在「<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>」中注册的数据库。</ahelp>" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12910,7 +12910,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN106DF\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse\">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse\">打开一个可选择数据库文件 (*.odb) 的文件打开对话框。选定文件添加到“可用的数据库”列表中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse\">打开一个可选择数据库文件 (*.odb) 的文件打开对话框。选中文件添加到「可用的数据库」列表中。</ahelp>" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12926,7 +12926,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145827\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">用您在<emph>可用的数据库</emph>列表中选择的数据源替换当前数据源。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">用您在「<emph>可用的数据库</emph>」列表中选择的数据源替换当前数据源。</ahelp>" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12934,7 +12934,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3154506\n" "help.text" msgid "To exchange a database:" -msgstr "要交换数据库：" +msgstr "要交换数据库:" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12950,7 +12950,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148386\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document that you want to change the data source for." -msgstr "在您要修改数据源的文档中单击。" +msgstr "在您要修改数据源的文档中点击。" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12966,7 +12966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153925\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace." -msgstr "在<emph>使用的数据库</emph>列表中，选择要替换的数据库表格。" +msgstr "在「<emph>使用的数据库</emph>」列表中，选择要替换的数据库表格。" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12974,7 +12974,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147169\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table." -msgstr "在<emph>可用数据库</emph>列表中，选择用于替换的数据库表格。" +msgstr "在「<emph>可用数据库</emph>」列表中，选择用于替换的数据库表格。" #: 04180400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12982,7 +12982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151273\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Define</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>定义</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>定义</emph>」。" #: 04190000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13054,7 +13054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150572\n" "help.text" msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script." -msgstr "如果文档中含有多个脚本，则<emph>编辑脚本</emph>对话框将提供用于在脚本之间跳转的“上一个”和“下一个”按钮。" +msgstr "如果文档中含有多个脚本，则<emph>编辑脚本</emph>对话框将提供用于在脚本之间跳转的「上一个」和「下一个」按钮。" #: 04200000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13110,7 +13110,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149810\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry\">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the <emph>Browse</emph> button, locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry\">添加指向脚本文件的链接。单击 <emph>URL</emph> 单选按钮，然后在方框中输入链接。您也可以单击浏览按钮 (<emph>...</emph>)，定位文件，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp> 链接的脚本文件在 HTML 源代码中用以下标记进行标识：" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry\">添加指向脚本文件的链接。点击「<emph>URL</emph> 单选按钮，然后在方框中输入链接。您也可以点击浏览按钮 (<emph>...</emph>」)，定位文件，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp> 链接的脚本文件在 HTML 源代码中用以下标记进行标识:" #: 04200000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13150,7 +13150,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154188\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse\">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse\">定位要链接的脚本文件，然后单击<emph>插入</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse\">定位要链接的脚本文件，然后点击「<emph>插入</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 04200000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13190,7 +13190,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145827\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">根据子菜单中选择的页面样式添加或删除页眉。页眉将添加到具有相同页面样式的所有页面中。</ahelp>在新建的文档中，仅列出“默认”页面样式。如果文档中应用了其他页面样式，则这些样式随后也会显示在列表中。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">根据子菜单中选择的页面样式添加或删除页眉。页眉将添加到具有相同页面样式的所有页面中。</ahelp>在新建的文档中，仅列出「默认」页面样式。如果文档中应用了其他页面样式，则这些样式随后也会显示在列表中。" #: 04220000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13214,7 +13214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153921\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style." -msgstr "要删除页眉，请选择<emph>插入 - 页眉</emph>，然后选择含有该页眉的页面样式。所有使用此页面样式的页面中的页眉都将被删除。" +msgstr "要删除页眉，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉</emph>」，然后选择含有该页眉的页面样式。所有使用此页面样式的页面中的页眉都将被删除。" #: 04220000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13222,7 +13222,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150761\n" "help.text" msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header - All</emph>." -msgstr "要在文档中使用的所有页面样式中添加或删除页眉，请选择<emph>插入 - 页眉 - 全部</emph>。" +msgstr "要在文档中使用的所有页面样式中添加或删除页眉，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页眉 - 全部</emph>」。" #: 04220000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13254,7 +13254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149353\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">根据您在子菜单中选择的页面样式添加或删除页脚。页脚将添加到具有相同页面样式的所有页面中。</ahelp>在新建的文档中，仅列出“默认”页面样式。如果文档中应用了其他页面样式，则这些样式随后也会显示在列表中。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">根据您在子菜单中选择的页面样式添加或删除页脚。页脚将添加到具有相同页面样式的所有页面中。</ahelp>在新建的文档中，仅列出「默认」页面样式。如果文档中应用了其他页面样式，则这些样式随后也会显示在列表中。" #: 04230000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13278,7 +13278,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150566\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style." -msgstr "要删除页脚，请选择<emph>插入 - 页脚</emph>，然后选择包含该页脚的页面样式。该页脚将从所有使用此页面样式的页面中删除。" +msgstr "要删除页脚，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页脚</emph>」，然后选择包含该页脚的页面样式。该页脚将从所有使用此页面样式的页面中删除。" #: 04230000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13286,7 +13286,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153923\n" "help.text" msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - All</emph>." -msgstr "要在文档中使用的所有页面样式中添加或删除页脚，请选择<emph>插入 - 页脚 - 全部</emph>。" +msgstr "要在文档中使用的所有页面样式中添加或删除页脚，请选择「<emph>插入 - 页脚 - 全部</emph>」。" #: 04230000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13454,7 +13454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154470\n" "help.text" msgid "Specify the page or column <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">break</link> options." -msgstr "指定页或栏的“<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"换行符\">换行符</link>」选项。" +msgstr "指定页或栏的「<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"换行符\">换行符</link>」选项。" #: 05030200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13614,7 +13614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156279\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan\">指定分页符之前的段落最小行数。选中此复选框，然后在<emph>行</emph>框中输入数字。</ahelp>如果页面结尾处的行数少于<emph>行</emph>框中指定的数目，段落将移到下一页。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan\">指定分页符之前的段落最小行数。选中此复选框，然后在「<emph>行</emph>」框中输入数字。</ahelp>如果页面结尾处的行数少于<emph>行</emph>框中指定的数目，段落将移到下一页。" #: 05030200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13630,7 +13630,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155918\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow\">指定分页符之后的第一页上段落的最小行数。选中此复选框，然后在<emph>行</emph>框中输入数字。</ahelp>如果页面开头处的行数少于<emph>行</emph>框中指定的数目，将会调整分页符位置。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow\">指定分页符之后的第一页上段落的最小行数。选中此复选框，然后在「<emph>行</emph>」框中输入数字。</ahelp>如果页面开头处的行数少于<emph>行</emph>框中指定的数目，将会调整分页符位置。" #: 05030200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13670,7 +13670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154763\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">将段落的第一个字母设置为尺寸较大的大写字母，可能会占据多个行。段落所占据的行数必须至少为“行”框中所指定的行数。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">将段落的第一个字母设置为尺寸较大的大写字母，可能会占据多个行。段落所占据的行数必须至少为「行」框中所指定的行数。</ahelp>" #: 05030400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13694,7 +13694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150536\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">对选定段落应用首字下沉设置。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">对选中段落应用首字下沉设置。</ahelp>" #: 05030400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -13798,7 +13798,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151181\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">选择首字下沉要应用的格式样式。</ahelp>如果应用当前段落的格式样式，请选择“无”。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">选择首字下沉要应用的格式样式。</ahelp>如果应用当前段落的格式样式，请选择「无」。" #: 05030800.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14158,7 +14158,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145206\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns." -msgstr "显示了栏的编号以及相邻两栏之间的宽度和间距" +msgstr "显示栏的编号以及相邻两栏之间的宽度和间距。" #: 05040500.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14310,7 +14310,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3159190\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb\">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb\">选择列分隔线的格式样式。如果不需要分隔线，请选择“无”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/linestylelb\">选择列分隔线的格式样式。如果不需要分隔线，请选择「无」。</ahelp>" #: 05040500.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14526,7 +14526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3154194\n" "help.text" msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "位置" #: 05040600.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14542,7 +14542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3151253\n" "help.text" msgid "Style" -msgstr "" +msgstr "样式" #: 05040600.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14574,7 +14574,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3151255\n" "help.text" msgid "Color" -msgstr "" +msgstr "颜色" #: 05040600.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14590,7 +14590,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3143284\n" "help.text" msgid "Length" -msgstr "" +msgstr "长度" #: 05040600.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14918,7 +14918,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151171\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在当前页面样式中添加文字网格。仅在“选项”对话框中<emph>语言设置 - 语言</emph>下启用了亚洲语言支持时，此选项才可用。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在当前页面样式中添加文字网格。仅在「选项」对话框中<emph>语言设置 - 语言</emph>下启用了亚洲语言支持时，此选项才可用。</ahelp>" #: 05040800.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15062,7 +15062,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148774\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected image.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">格式化选定图像的大小、位置以及其它属性。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">格式化选中图像的大小、位置以及其它属性。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15070,7 +15070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147167\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected image with <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>." -msgstr "对于选定图像的某些属性，您也可以使用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">键盘快捷键</link>进行更改。" +msgstr "对于选中图像的某些属性，您也可以使用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">键盘快捷键</link>进行更改。" #: 05060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15078,7 +15078,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150759\n" "help.text" msgid "The <emph>Image</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:" -msgstr "<emph>图像</emph>对话框包含了以下选项卡：" +msgstr "<emph>图像</emph>对话框包含了以下选项卡:" #: 05060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15158,7 +15158,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145413\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">计算选定对象的宽度占页面文本区域宽度的百分比。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">计算选中对象的宽度占页面文本区域宽度的百分比。</ahelp>" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15174,7 +15174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145414\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation\">Decides what 100% width means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation\">确定100%宽度的含义：文本区域（不包含边距）或整个页面（包含边距）。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidthrelation\">确定100%宽度的含义: 文本区域（不包含边距）或整个页面（包含边距）。</ahelp>" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15206,7 +15206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154563\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">计算选定对象的高度占页面文本区域高度的百分比。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">计算选中对象的高度占页面文本区域高度的百分比。</ahelp>" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15222,7 +15222,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145415\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation\">Decides what 100% height means: either text area (excluding margins) or the entire page (including margins).</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation\">确定100%高度的含义：文本区域（不包含边距）或整个页面（包含边距）。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheightrelation\">确定100%高度的含义: 文本区域（不包含边距）或整个页面（包含边距）。</ahelp>" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15254,7 +15254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155898\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">将选定对象的大小设置重设为原始值。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">将选中对象的大小设置重设为原始值。</ahelp>" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15382,7 +15382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147413\n" "help.text" msgid "Specify the location of the selected object on the current page." -msgstr "指定选定对象在当前页面中的位置。" +msgstr "指定选中对象在当前页面中的位置。" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15438,7 +15438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149230\n" "help.text" msgid "You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box." -msgstr "您可以在“预览”框中查看选定的对齐选项的结果。" +msgstr "您可以在「预览」框中查看选中的对齐选项的结果。" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15486,7 +15486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150463\n" "help.text" msgid "If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the \"Bottom\" and \"Center\" alignment options are available." -msgstr "如果您将对象锁定在高度固定的框中，则仅有“底边”和“居中”对齐选项可用。" +msgstr "如果您将对象锁定在高度固定的框中，则仅有「底边」和「居中」对齐选项可用。" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15550,7 +15550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149241\n" "help.text" msgid "The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line." -msgstr "绿色矩形表示选定的对象，红色矩形表示对齐的参照点。如果将对象当作字符锁定，参照矩形将被修改为红色线条。" +msgstr "绿色矩形表示选中的对象，红色矩形表示对齐的参照点。如果将对象当作字符锁定，参照矩形将被修改为红色线条。" #: 05060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15894,7 +15894,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149637\n" "help.text" msgid "Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text." -msgstr "指定选定对象与文字之间的间隔。" +msgstr "指定选中对象与文字之间的间隔。" #: 05060200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -15982,7 +15982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153677\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">修改选定对象的轮廓。在确定对象的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"文字环绕\">文字环绕</link>选项时，$[officename] 使用轮廓。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">修改选中对象的轮廓。在确定对象的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"文字环绕\">文字环绕</link>选项时，$[officename] 使用轮廓。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16006,7 +16006,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155184\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY\">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY\">将轮廓应用到选定的对象。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY\">将轮廓应用到选中的对象。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16014,7 +16014,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149827\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu01.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu01.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu01.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16038,7 +16038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147217\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE\">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE\">删除自定义轮廓。单击此处，然后单击预览区域。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE\">删除自定义轮廓。点击此处，然后点击预览区域。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16046,7 +16046,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147579\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16078,7 +16078,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151370\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16142,7 +16142,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3146332\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16166,7 +16166,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154774\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY\">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY\">绘制由直线段组成的封闭轮廓。在要开始绘制多边形的位置单击，然后拖动以绘制直线段，再次单击以定义线段的端点，继续单击以定义多边形其余的线段。双击以完成多边形的绘制。要将多边形的角度限制为 45 度，请在单击的同时按住 Shift 键。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY\">绘制由直线段组成的封闭轮廓。在要开始绘制多边形的位置点击，然后拖动以绘制直线段，再次点击以定义线段的端点，继续点击以定义多边形其余的线段。双击以完成多边形的绘制。要将多边形的角度限制为 45 度，请在点击的同时按住 Shift 键。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16174,7 +16174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145304\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16198,7 +16198,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156112\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT\">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT\">允许修改轮廓的形状。单击此处，然后拖动轮廓的控点。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT\">允许修改轮廓的形状。点击此处，然后拖动轮廓的控点。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16206,7 +16206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154711\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16238,7 +16238,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3146940\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16262,7 +16262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150103\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT\">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT\">插入一个控点，可以拖动此控点来修改轮廓的形状。单击此处，然后单击轮廓线。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT\">插入一个控点，可以拖动此控点来修改轮廓的形状。点击此处，然后点击轮廓线。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16270,7 +16270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149357\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16294,7 +16294,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154624\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE\">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE\">从轮廓线上删除点。单击此处，然后单击要删除的点。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE\">从轮廓线上删除点。点击此处，然后点击要删除的点。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16302,7 +16302,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149637\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16334,7 +16334,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149615\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16366,7 +16366,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149200\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16422,7 +16422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145098\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE\">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE\">选择位图上颜色相同的部分。单击此处，然后单击位图中的一种颜色。要增加选定的颜色范围，请增加<emph>偏差</emph>框中的值。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE\">选择位图上颜色相同的部分。点击此处，然后点击位图中的一种颜色。要增加选中的颜色范围，请增加<emph>偏差</emph>框中的值。</ahelp>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16430,7 +16430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149578\n" "help.text" msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Icon</alt></image>" -msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\" xml-lang=\"zh-CN\">图标</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">图标</alt></image>" #: 05060201.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16478,7 +16478,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152961\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected image.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">为选定的图像指定“翻转”和“链接”选项。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">为选中的图像指定「翻转」和「链接」选项。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16534,7 +16534,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147212\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">在所有页面上水平翻转选定的图像。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">在所有页面上水平翻转选中的图像。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16550,7 +16550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149037\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">仅在奇数页上水平翻转选定的图像。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">仅在奇数页上水平翻转选中的图像。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16566,7 +16566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152775\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">仅在偶数页上水平翻转选定的图像。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">仅在偶数页上水平翻转选中的图像。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16598,7 +16598,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156278\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">显示链接的图形文件的路径。要修改链接，请单击浏览按钮 (<emph>...</emph>)，然后找到要链接的文件。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">显示链接的图形文件的路径。要修改链接，请点击浏览按钮 (<emph>...</emph>)，然后找到要链接的文件。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16614,7 +16614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151373\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">找到要链接的新图形文件，然后单击<emph>打开</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">找到要链接的新图形文件，然后点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 05060300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16678,7 +16678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149286\n" "help.text" msgid "The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:" -msgstr "下表列出了可以触发宏的对象类型和事件：" +msgstr "下表列出了可以触发宏的对象类型和事件:" #: 05060700.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16710,7 +16710,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154564\n" "help.text" msgid "Image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图像" #: 05060700.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16750,7 +16750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155182\n" "help.text" msgid "Click object" -msgstr "单击对象" +msgstr "点击对象" #: 05060700.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16758,7 +16758,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149489\n" "help.text" msgid "object is selected" -msgstr "对象被选定" +msgstr "对象被选中" #: 05060700.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -16790,7 +16790,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155857\n" "help.text" msgid "hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked" -msgstr "单击指定给对象的超链接" +msgstr "点击指定给对象的超链接" #: 05060700.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17126,7 +17126,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149109\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">找到要通过超链接打开的文件，然后单击<emph>打开</emph>。</ahelp>目标文件可以位于您的计算机上，也可以位于 Internet 的 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP 服务器\">FTP 服务器</link>上。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">找到要通过超链接打开的文件，然后点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。</ahelp>目标文件可以位于您的计算机上，也可以位于 Internet 的 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP 服务器\">FTP 服务器</link>上。" #: 05060800.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17206,7 +17206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151036\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">使用为选定对象创建的<link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"图像映射\">图像映射</link>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">使用为选中对象创建的<link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"图像映射\">图像映射</link>。</ahelp>" #: 05060800.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17254,7 +17254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147568\n" "help.text" msgid "Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links." -msgstr "指定选定项目的名称和相关链接。" +msgstr "指定选中项目的名称和相关链接。" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17270,7 +17270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147510\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">输入选定项目的名称。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">输入选中项目的名称。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17294,7 +17294,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150977\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">输入选定项不可用时 Web 浏览器中显示的文本。可选文字也可用来帮助残障用户。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">输入选中项不可用时 Web 浏览器中显示的文本。可选文字也可用来帮助残障用户。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17342,7 +17342,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154834\n" "help.text" msgid "Specifies protection options for the selected item." -msgstr "指定用于选定项目的保护选项。" +msgstr "指定用于选中项目的保护选项。" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17358,7 +17358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149105\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">防止修改选定项目的内容。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">防止修改选中项目的内容。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17366,7 +17366,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147099\n" "help.text" msgid "You can still copy the contents of the selected item." -msgstr "您仍然可以复制选定项目的内容。" +msgstr "您仍然可以复制选中项目的内容。" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17382,7 +17382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147225\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">在当前文档中锁定选定项目的位置。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">在当前文档中锁定选中项目的位置。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17398,7 +17398,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147576\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">锁定选定项目的大小。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">锁定选中项目的大小。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17414,7 +17414,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155137\n" "help.text" msgid "Specifies print and text options for the selected item." -msgstr "为选定项目指定打印和文本选项。" +msgstr "为选中项目指定打印和文本选项。" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17446,7 +17446,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151028\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">在打印文档时包括选定的项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">在打印文档时包括选中的项目。</ahelp>" #: 05060900.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17510,7 +17510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149352\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> </variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">打开一个对话框，在其中可修改选定对象的属性，例如：对象的大小和名称。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">打开一个对话框，在其中可修改选中对象的属性，例如: 对象的大小和名称。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05080000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17542,7 +17542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154643\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">指定选定表格的属性，例如名称、对齐方式、间距、列宽、边框和背景。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">指定选中表格的属性，例如名称、对齐方式、间距、列宽、边框和背景。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17574,7 +17574,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3146322\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage\">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage\">指定选定表格的大小、位置、间距和对齐方式等选项。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/FormatTablePage\">指定选中表格的大小、位置、间距和对齐方式等选项。</ahelp>" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17598,7 +17598,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145244\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name\">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name\">输入表格的内部名称。利用此名称可以在“导航”中快速找到表格。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name\">输入表格的内部名称。利用此名称可以在「导航」中快速找到表格。</ahelp>" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17614,7 +17614,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149026\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf\">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf\">输入表格的宽度。</ahelp>只有当未在<emph>对齐方式</emph>区域中选择<emph>自动</emph>选项时，才可以使用此复选框。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf\">输入表格的宽度。</ahelp>只有当未在「<emph>对齐方式</emph>」区域中选择「<emph>自动</emph>」选项时，才可以使用此复选框。" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17646,7 +17646,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145412\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the alignment options for the selected table." -msgstr "设置用于选定表格的对齐选项。" +msgstr "设置用于选中表格的对齐选项。" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17694,7 +17694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153672\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft\">将表格的左边缘与您在<emph>间距</emph>区域的<emph>左</emph>框中输入的缩进对齐。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft\">将表格的左边缘与您在「<emph>间距</emph>」区域的「<emph>左</emph>」框中输入的缩进对齐。</ahelp>" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17742,7 +17742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155180\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free\">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">column widths</link>." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free\">根据您在<emph>间距</emph>区域的<emph>左</emph>框和<emph>右</emph>框中输入的数值，水平对齐蟀¨格。</ahelp>$[officename] 自动计®表格的宽度。如果要指定个别<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"列宽\">列宽</link>，请选择此选项。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free\">根据您在「<emph>间距</emph>」区域的「<emph>左</emph>」框和<emph>右</emph>框中输入的数值，水平对齐蟀¨格。</ahelp>$[officename] 自动计®表格的宽度。如果要指定个别<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"列宽\">列宽</link>，请选择此选项。" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17766,7 +17766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154836\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf\">输入表格左边缘与页面左边距之间的空格数。</ahelp>如果在<emph>对齐</emph>区域中选择了<emph>自动</emph>或<emph>左对齐</emph>选项，则无法使用此选项。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf\">输入表格左边缘与页面左边距之间的空格数。</ahelp>如果在「<emph>对齐</emph>」区域中选择了「<emph>自动</emph>」或<emph>左对齐</emph>选项，则无法使用此选项。" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17782,7 +17782,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147220\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf\">输入表格右边缘与页面右边距之间的间距。</ahelp>如果在<emph>对齐方式</emph>区域中选择了<emph>自动</emph>或<emph>右对齐</emph>选项，则无法使用此选项。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf\">输入表格右边缘与页面右边距之间的间距。</ahelp>如果在「<emph>对齐方式</emph>」区域中选择了「<emph>自动</emph>」或<emph>右对齐</emph>选项，则无法使用此选项。" #: 05090100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17862,7 +17862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154280\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">根据输入的列宽减小或增大表格的宽度。</ahelp>如果在<emph>表格</emph>选项卡的<emph>对齐方式</emph>区域中选择了<emph>自动</emph>，则此选项不可用。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">根据输入的列宽减小或增大表格的宽度。</ahelp>如果在「<emph>表格</emph>」选项卡的「<emph>对齐方式</emph>」区域中选择了「<emph>自动</emph>」，则此选项不可用。" #: 05090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17878,7 +17878,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153530\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">若可能，每一列的列宽均调整为相同。</ahelp>如果在<emph>表格</emph>选项卡的<emph>对齐方式</emph>区域中选择了<emph>自动</emph>，则此选项不可用。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">若可能，每一列的列宽均调整为相同。</ahelp>如果在「<emph>表格</emph>」选项卡的「<emph>对齐方式</emph>」区域中选择了「<emph>自动</emph>」，则此选项不可用。" #: 05090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -17894,7 +17894,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154571\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin\">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin\">显示可用于调整列宽的空间量。要设置表格宽度，请单击<emph>表格</emph>选项卡。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin\">显示可用于调整列宽的空间量。要设置表格宽度，请点击「<emph>表格</emph>」选项卡。</ahelp>" #: 05090200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18438,7 +18438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145822\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">防止选定单元格的内容被修改。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">防止选中单元格的内容被修改。</ahelp>" #: 05100300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18454,7 +18454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149292\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>." -msgstr "要删除单元格保护，先选择单元格，单击右键，然后选择 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>单元格 - 取消保护</emph></link>." +msgstr "要删除单元格保护，先选择单元格，点击右键，然后选择 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>单元格 - 取消保护</emph></link>." #: 05100400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18478,7 +18478,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3083450\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">取消对当前表格中所有选定单元格的保护。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">取消对当前表格中所有选中单元格的保护。</ahelp>" #: 05100400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18486,7 +18486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154558\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T." -msgstr "要一次取消对多个表格的保护，请选择这些表格，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 键。要取消对文档中所有表格的保护，请单击文档的任意位置，然后按<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 键。" +msgstr "要一次取消对多个表格的保护，请选择这些表格，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 键。要取消对文档中所有表格的保护，请点击文档的任意位置，然后按<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 键。" #: 05100400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18566,7 +18566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149053\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">修改选定行的高度。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">修改选中行的高度。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18582,7 +18582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154554\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf\">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf\">输入您为选定行设置的高度。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/rowheight/heightmf\">输入您为选中行设置的高度。</ahelp>" #: 05110100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18606,7 +18606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154646\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>." -msgstr "您也可以在单元格中单击鼠标右键，然后选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"行 - 最佳高度\"><emph>行 - 最佳高度</emph></link>。" +msgstr "您也可以在单元格中点击鼠标右键，然后选择<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"行 - 最佳高度\"><emph>行 - 最佳高度</emph></link>。" #: 05110200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18694,7 +18694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149050\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">从表格中删除选定的行。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">从表格中删除选中的行。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18766,7 +18766,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149503\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">修改选定列的宽度。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">修改选中列的宽度。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05120100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18838,7 +18838,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id5611743\n" "help.text" msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together." -msgstr "此修改仅影响选定的单元格。如果一起选择了单元格，您可以调整彼此相邻的多个单元格。" +msgstr "此修改仅影响选中的单元格。如果一起选择了单元格，您可以调整彼此相邻的多个单元格。" #: 05120300.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18918,7 +18918,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3150016\n" "help.text" msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字" #: 05120400.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -18998,7 +18998,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153418\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">从表格中删除选定的列。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">从表格中删除选中的列。</ahelp></variable>" #: 05120500.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19254,7 +19254,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145780\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category." -msgstr "显示选定样式类别下所有的自定义样式。" +msgstr "显示选中样式类别下所有的自定义样式。" #: 05130000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19382,7 +19382,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148448\n" "help.text" msgid "Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name." -msgstr "在层次结构列表中显示选定类别中的样式。要查看下一级的样式，请单击等级名称旁边的加号 (+)。" +msgstr "在层次结构列表中显示选中类别中的样式。要查看下一级的样式，请点击等级名称旁边的加号 (+)。" #: 05130002.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19438,7 +19438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151390\n" "help.text" msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">object bar</link>." -msgstr "当创建一个“编号样式”时，会为编号指定一个名称。这就是为什么此类模板被称为“命名”编号的原因。未命名编号用于<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"直接格式化\">直接格式化</link>，可通过<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"编号/项目符号\">项目符号和编号</link>对话框或<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"对象栏\">对象栏</link>的图标创建。" +msgstr "当创建一个「编号样式」时，会为编号指定一个名称。这就是为什么此类模板被称为「命名」编号的原因。未命名编号用于<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"直接格式化\">直接格式化</link>，可通过<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"编号/项目符号\">项目符号和编号</link>对话框或<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"对象栏\">对象栏</link>的图标创建。" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19486,7 +19486,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149349\n" "help.text" msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:" -msgstr "以有条件样式指定段落属性时，$[officename] 以如下方式进行（使用粗体的概念对应于对话框中的字段标题）：如果一个用有条件样式进行了格式化的段落位于一<emph>上下文</emph>中，而该上下文与一个<emph>应用的样式</emph>相链接，则可在这个条件下应用该<emph>段落样式</emph>。如果<emph>上下文</emph>没有与一个样式相链接，则应用该有条件的样式中所定义的属性。用一个示例对此进行说明：" +msgstr "以有条件样式指定段落属性时，$[officename] 以如下方式进行（使用粗体的概念对应于对话框中的字段标题）: 如果一个用有条件样式进行了格式化的段落位于一<emph>上下文</emph>中，而该上下文与一个<emph>应用的样式</emph>相链接，则可在这个条件下应用该<emph>段落样式</emph>。如果<emph>上下文</emph>没有与一个样式相链接，则应用该有条件的样式中所定义的属性。用一个示例对此进行说明:" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19510,7 +19510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153723\n" "help.text" msgid "Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style." -msgstr "然后单击<emph>条件</emph>选项卡，并选择<emph>有条件的样式</emph>字段，可以将新的段落样式定义为有条件的样式。" +msgstr "然后点击「<emph>条件</emph>」选项卡，并选择<emph>有条件的样式</emph>字段，可以将新的段落样式定义为有条件的样式。" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19518,7 +19518,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154647\n" "help.text" msgid "In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style." -msgstr "在<emph>上下文</emph>中选择条目页眉并在列表框<emph>段落样式</emph>中选择适用于您的商务信函页眉的样式，例如，默认的段落样式“页眉”。当然，您也可以选用自定义样式。" +msgstr "在「<emph>上下文</emph>」中选择条目页眉并在列表框<emph>段落样式</emph>中选择适用于您的商务信函页眉的样式，例如，默认的段落样式「页眉」。当然，您也可以选用自定义样式。" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19534,7 +19534,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149753\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type=\"literal\">All Styles</item> or <item type=\"literal\">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)" -msgstr "用<emph>确定</emph>关闭段落样式对话框，并以新的有条件的段落样式“商务信函”对您的商务信函中的所有段落（包括页眉）进行格式化。（如果您单击页眉，可能需要在样式列表中显示<item type=\"literal\">所有样式</item>或<item type=\"literal\">自定义样式</item>，才能使用新样式“商务信函”。）" +msgstr "用<emph>确定</emph>关闭段落样式对话框，并以新的有条件的段落样式「商务信函」对您的商务信函中的所有段落（包括页眉）进行格式化。（如果您点击页眉，可能需要在样式列表中显示<item type=\"literal\">所有样式</item>或<item type=\"literal\">自定义样式</item>，才能使用新样式「商务信函」。）" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19542,7 +19542,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145412\n" "help.text" msgid "The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style." -msgstr "您现在可以看到，页眉中的文字属性和段落样式“页眉”中定义的一样，而文本的所有其他部分的属性则与您在（有条件的）段落样式“商务信函”中定义的一样。" +msgstr "您现在可以看到，页眉中的文字属性和段落样式「页眉」中定义的一样，而文本的所有其他部分的属性则与您在（有条件的）段落样式「商务信函」中定义的一样。" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19550,7 +19550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154473\n" "help.text" msgid "The \"Text body\" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles." -msgstr "样式“正文”已被创建为有条件的样式。因此，您自定义的每一个由“正文”引出的样式也可以作为有条件的样式使用。" +msgstr "样式「正文」已被创建为有条件的样式。因此，您自定义的每一个由「正文」引出的样式也可以作为有条件的样式使用。" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19622,7 +19622,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3159195\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">列表框中包含您可以指定给一段上下文的所有“段落样式”列表。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">列表框中包含您可以指定给一段上下文的所有「段落样式」列表。</ahelp>" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19638,7 +19638,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151335\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">单击此处可删除当前指定给选定样式的上下文。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">点击此处可删除当前指定给选中样式的上下文。</ahelp>" #: 05130100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19654,7 +19654,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154829\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">单击<emph>指定</emph>将<emph>选定段落样式</emph>应用到定义的<emph>上下文</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">点击「<emph>指定</emph>将<emph>选中段落样式</emph>应用到定义的<emph>上下文</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19662,7 +19662,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "Styles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "样式" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19694,7 +19694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id0122200903183687\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">要编辑相同样式的所有段落的样式，在段落的上下文菜单中选择“编辑段落样式”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">要编辑相同样式的所有段落的样式，在段落的右键菜单中选择「编辑段落样式」。</ahelp>" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19718,7 +19718,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3147167\n" "help.text" msgid "How to apply a style:" -msgstr "如何应用样式：" +msgstr "如何应用样式:" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19726,7 +19726,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151264\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph." -msgstr "选择文字。要对某个字词应用字符样式，请单击该字词。要应用段落样式，请单击段落。" +msgstr "选择文字。要对某个字词应用字符样式，请点击该字词。要应用段落样式，请点击段落。" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19742,7 +19742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1071D\n" "help.text" msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Customize - Keyboard</item> tab page." -msgstr "也可以为<emph>工具 - 自定义 - 键盘</emph>选项卡页中的“样式”指定快捷键。" +msgstr "也可以为「<item type=\"menuitem\">工具 - 自定义 - 键盘</item>」选项卡页中的「样式」指定快捷键。" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19806,7 +19806,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154570\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">显示字符的格式样式。</ahelp>字符样式用于使段落中选定的文字应用字体样式。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">显示字符的格式样式。</ahelp>字符样式用于使段落中选中的文字应用字体样式。" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -19974,7 +19974,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10A36\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开“加载样式”对话框以从另一文档导入样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开「加载样式」对话框以从另一文档导入样式。</ahelp>" #: 05140000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20038,7 +20038,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id1029200810080924\n" "help.text" msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog." -msgstr "打开“自动更正”对话框。" +msgstr "打开「自动更正」对话框。" #: 05150000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20046,7 +20046,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147570\n" "help.text" msgid "To open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>." -msgstr "要打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"表格的自动套用格式\">表格的自动套用格式</link>对话框，请单击表格单元格，然后选择<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>。" +msgstr "要打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"表格的自动套用格式\">表格的自动套用格式</link>对话框，请点击表格单元格，然后选择「<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>」。" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20054,7 +20054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "While Typing" -msgstr "在键入时" +msgstr "在输入时" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20062,7 +20062,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3147436\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While Typing\">While Typing</link>" -msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"键入时\">键入时</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"输入时\">输入时</link>" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20070,7 +20070,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154017\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">键入时自动格式化文档。要设置格式化选项，请选择<emph>工具 - 自动更正</emph><emph>选项</emph>，然后单击<emph>选项</emph>选项卡。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">输入时自动格式化文档。要设置格式化选项，请选择「<emph>工具 - 自动更正</emph>」<emph>选项</emph>，然后点击「<emph>选项</emph>」选项卡。</ahelp>" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20078,7 +20078,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148488\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document." -msgstr "您可以使用“自动更正”来格式化文本文档和纯 ASCII 文本文件，但不能用于格式化已手动格式化的字符。只有当您第二次在文档中输入某个词后，自动的<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">字词补充完整</link>功能才会显示提示。" +msgstr "您可以使用「自动更正」来格式化文本文档和纯 ASCII 文本文件，但不能用于格式化已手动格式化的字符。只有当您第二次在文档中输入某个词后，自动的<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">字词补充完整</link>功能才会显示提示。" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20086,7 +20086,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147407\n" "help.text" msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Undo</emph></link>." -msgstr "要撤消最后一个“自动更正”操作，请选择<emph>编辑 - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>撤销</emph></link>。" +msgstr "要撤消最后一个「自动更正」操作，请选择「<emph>编辑 -</emph>」<link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>撤销</emph></link>。" #: 05150100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20142,7 +20142,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145828\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format." -msgstr "在表格单元格中单击，或者选择要格式化的单元格。" +msgstr "在表格单元格中点击，或者选择要格式化的单元格。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20150,7 +20150,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153006\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply." -msgstr "选择<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>，然后单击要应用的格式。" +msgstr "选择「<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>」，然后点击要应用的格式。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20158,7 +20158,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145585\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>确定</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20174,7 +20174,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149022\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb\">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb\">列出表格的可用格式样式。单击要应用的格式，然后单击<emph>确定</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/formatlb\">列出表格的可用格式样式。点击要应用的格式，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20206,7 +20206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156320\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>." -msgstr "选择表格，然后选择<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>。" +msgstr "选择表格，然后选择「<emph>表格 - 自动套用格式</emph>」。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20214,7 +20214,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153156\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Add</emph>." -msgstr "单击<emph>添加</emph>。" +msgstr "点击「<emph>添加</emph>」。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20262,7 +20262,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154477\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style." -msgstr "选择要在选定的表格样式中包括的格式属性。" +msgstr "选择要在选中的表格样式中包括的格式属性。" #: 05150101.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20438,7 +20438,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147404\n" "help.text" msgid "When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:" -msgstr "当您应用自动格式时，适用以下规则：" +msgstr "当您应用自动格式时，适用以下规则:" #: 05150200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20454,7 +20454,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154505\n" "help.text" msgid "A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:" -msgstr "符合以下条件时，段落将被格式化为标题：" +msgstr "符合以下条件时，段落将被格式化为标题:" #: 05150200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20494,7 +20494,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156316\n" "help.text" msgid "To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph." -msgstr "要创建项目符号列表，请在段落的起始处键入连字符 (-)、星号 (*) 或加号 (+)，再键入空格或制表符。" +msgstr "要创建项目符号列表，请在段落的起始处输入连字符 (-)、星号 (*) 或加号 (+)，再输入空格或制表符。" #: 05150200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20502,7 +20502,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150763\n" "help.text" msgid "To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph." -msgstr "要创建编号列表，请在段落的起始处键入编号和句点 (.)，再键入空格或制表符。" +msgstr "要创建编号列表，请在段落的起始处输入编号和句点 (.)，再输入空格或制表符。" #: 05150200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20526,7 +20526,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154105\n" "help.text" msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:" -msgstr "如果您在一行上输入三个或三个以上的连字符 (---)、下划线 (___) 或等号 (===)，然后按 Enter 键，则此段落会被一条与页面等宽的水平线条替换。此线条实际上是前一个段落的<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"下边框\">下边框</link>。适用以下规则：" +msgstr "如果您在一行上输入三个或三个以上的连字符 (---)、下划线 (___) 或等号 (===)，然后按 Enter 键，则此段落会被一条与页面等宽的水平线条替换。此线条实际上是前一个段落的<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"下边框\">下边框</link>。适用以下规则:" #: 05150200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20630,7 +20630,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151184\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Manage AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link>" -msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Manage AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">“管理更改”，“筛选”选项卡</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Manage AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">「管理更改」，「筛选」选项卡</link>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20662,7 +20662,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3149354\n" "help.text" msgid "Categories" -msgstr "分类..." +msgstr "分类" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20670,7 +20670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154561\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories\">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories\">列出可用的模板类别。单击某类别，在<emph>模板</emph>列表中查看其内容。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/categories\">列出可用的模板类别。点击某类别，在「<emph>模板</emph>」列表中查看其内容。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20686,7 +20686,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145249\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates\">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates\">列出选定类别的可用模板。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/templates\">列出选中类别的可用模板。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20702,7 +20702,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149026\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text\">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text\">将选定文档的段落样式和字符样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/text\">将选中文档的段落样式和字符样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20718,7 +20718,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156320\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame\">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame\">将选定文档的框架样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/frame\">将选中文档的框架样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20734,7 +20734,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154642\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages\">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages\">将选定文档的页面样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/pages\">将选中文档的页面样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20750,7 +20750,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152587\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering\">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering\">将选定文档的编号样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/numbering\">将选中文档的编号样式加载到当前文档中。</ahelp>" #: 05170000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20790,7 +20790,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147526\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile\">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile\">找到含有要加载样式的文档，然后单击<emph>打开</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/loadtemplatedialog/fromfile\">找到含有要加载样式的文档，然后点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: 05190000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20822,7 +20822,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3083450\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">从光标所在的位置将当前表格拆分为两个单独的表格。</ahelp>您也可以在表格单元格中单击鼠标右键来访问此命令。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">从光标所在的位置将当前表格拆分为两个单独的表格。</ahelp>您也可以在表格单元格中点击鼠标右键来访问此命令。" #: 05190000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20974,7 +20974,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153811\n" "help.text" msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate." -msgstr "要在当前段落或选定段落中自动加入连字符，请选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」，然后单击 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"文字流\">文字流</link>选项卡。也可以在段落样式中应用自动断词。在启用自动断词的文字中，「断词」对话框不查找任何需要断词的单词。" +msgstr "要在当前段落或选中段落中自动加入连字符，请选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」，然后点击 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"文字流\">文字流</link>选项卡。也可以在段落样式中应用自动断词。在启用自动断词的文字中，「断词」对话框不查找任何需要断词的单词。" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20982,7 +20982,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151389\n" "help.text" msgid "When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:" -msgstr "当 $[officename] 发现需要断词的字词时，请执行以下操作之一：" +msgstr "当 $[officename] 发现需要断词的字词时，请执行以下操作之一:" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -20998,7 +20998,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154558\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points." -msgstr "要更改显示单词的断词，请单击单词下方的左箭头或右箭头，然后点击「<emph>断词</emph>」。左右按钮对有多个断词点的单词启用。" +msgstr "要更改显示单词的断词，请点击单词下方的左箭头或右箭头，然后点击「<emph>断词</emph>」。左右按钮对有多个断词点的单词启用。" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21014,7 +21014,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150018\n" "help.text" msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question." -msgstr "要对选定范围或文档的剩余部分进行自动断词，请单击「<emph>全部断词</emph>」，并对接下来的问题回答「是」。" +msgstr "要对选中范围或文档的剩余部分进行自动断词，请点击「<emph>全部断词</emph>」，并对接下来的问题回答「是」。" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21030,7 +21030,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147562\n" "help.text" msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area." -msgstr "要使段落不进行自动断词，请选中这些段落，选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」，单击「文字流」选项卡，然后取消选择「断词」区域的「<emph>自动</emph>」复选框。" +msgstr "要使段落不进行自动断词，请选中这些段落，选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」，点击「文字流」选项卡，然后取消选择「断词」区域的「<emph>自动</emph>」复选框。" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21046,7 +21046,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152950\n" "help.text" msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-)." -msgstr "要在文档中直接手动输入连字符，请在词中要添加连字符的位置单击，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + 减号 (-) 组合键。" +msgstr "要在文档中直接手动输入连字符，请在词中要添加连字符的位置点击，然后按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + 减号 (-) 组合键。" #: 06030000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21190,7 +21190,7 @@ msgctxt "" "tit\n" "help.text" msgid "Chapter Numbering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "章节编号" #: 06060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21270,7 +21270,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150350\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1\">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1\">选择要为选定的大纲级别指定的预定义编号样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/form1\">选择要为选中的大纲级别指定的预定义编号样式。</ahelp>" #: 06060000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21302,7 +21302,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154200\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form\">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form\">单击列表中的编号样式，然后输入样式的名称。编号与指定了这些样式的大纲级别相对应。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/numberingnamedialog/form\">点击列表中的编号样式，然后输入样式的名称。编号与指定了这些样式的大纲级别相对应。</ahelp>" #: 06060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21358,7 +21358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150930\n" "help.text" msgid "Specify the formatting for the select outline level." -msgstr "指定用于选定大纲级的格式。" +msgstr "指定用于选中大纲级的格式。" #: 06060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21390,7 +21390,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156319\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering\">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering\">选择要对选定大纲级别应用的编号样式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/numbering\">选择要对选中大纲级别应用的编号样式。</ahelp>" #: 06060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21462,7 +21462,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150360\n" "help.text" msgid "i, ii, iii, ..." -msgstr "i, ii, iii, ?" +msgstr "i, ii, iii, ..." #: 06060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21566,7 +21566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3147575\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf\">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf\">选择章节编号的大纲级数。例如，选择 \"3\" 将显示三级章节编号：1.1.1。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/sublevelsnf\">选择章节编号的大纲级数。例如，选择 \"3\" 将显示三级章节编号: 1.1.1。</ahelp>" #: 06060100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21670,7 +21670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154560\n" "help.text" msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab." -msgstr "要设置脚注和尾注的其他选项，请选择<emph>格式 - 页面</emph>，然后单击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"脚注\"><emph>脚注</emph></link>选项卡。" +msgstr "要设置脚注和尾注的其他选项，请选择「<emph>格式 - 页面</emph>」，然后点击<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"脚注\"><emph>脚注</emph></link>选项卡。" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21870,7 +21870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148983\n" "help.text" msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area." -msgstr "在每页的顶端重新开始脚注的编号。仅当在<emph>位置</emph>区域中选择了<emph>页尾</emph>复选框时，此选项才可用。" +msgstr "在每页的顶端重新开始脚注的编号。仅当在「<emph>位置</emph>」区域中选择了<emph>页尾</emph>复选框时，此选项才可用。" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21918,7 +21918,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3156268\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf\">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf\">输入文档中第一个脚注的编号。仅当在<emph>计数</emph>框中选择了“每篇文档”时，此选项才可用。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/offsetnf\">输入文档中第一个脚注的编号。仅当在「<emph>计数</emph>」框中选择了「每篇文档」时，此选项才可用。</ahelp>" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -21934,7 +21934,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150587\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix\">输入要在脚注编号之前显示的文本。</ahelp>例如，键入 \"见 \" 将显示 \"见 1\"。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/prefix\">输入要在脚注编号之前显示的文本。</ahelp>例如，输入 \"见 \" 将显示 \"见 1\"。" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22054,7 +22054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3149229\n" "help.text" msgid "This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area." -msgstr "仅当在<emph>位置</emph>区域中选择了<emph>文档结尾</emph>复选框时，此选项才可用。" +msgstr "仅当在「<emph>位置</emph>」区域中选择了<emph>文档结尾</emph>复选框时，此选项才可用。" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22126,7 +22126,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3151091\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted\">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted\">输入您要在脚注延续到下一页时显示的文本，例如“下转页面 ”。$[officename] Writer 将自动插入后续页的页码。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/conted\">输入您要在脚注延续到下一页时显示的文本，例如「下转页面」。$[officename] Writer 将自动插入后续页的页码。</ahelp>" #: 06080100.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22206,7 +22206,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3152943\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix\">输入要在备注文本中的尾注编号之前显示的文本。</ahelp>例如，键入 \"re: \" 显示 \"re: 1\"。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/prefix\">输入要在备注文本中的尾注编号之前显示的文本。</ahelp>例如，输入 \"re: \" 显示 \"re: 1\"。" #: 06080200.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22350,7 +22350,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3145829\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">将选定文本转换成表格，或者将选定表格转换成文本。</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">将选中文本转换成表格，或者将选中表格转换成文本。</ahelp></variable>" #: 06090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22374,7 +22374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3148388\n" "help.text" msgid "A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph." -msgstr "选定文字中的分隔符（例如制表符）用于标记列边界，而每个段落都会转换成表格中的一行。同样，将表格转换成文字时，列标记会修改为指定的字符，而每行都会转换成一个单独的段落。" +msgstr "选中文字中的分隔符（例如制表符）用于标记列边界，而每个段落都会转换成表格中的一行。同样，将表格转换成文字时，列标记会修改为指定的字符，而每行都会转换成一个单独的段落。" #: 06090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22430,7 +22430,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id3151184\n" "help.text" msgid "Other:" -msgstr "其他：" +msgstr "其他:" #: 06090000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22606,7 +22606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150015\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.</variable>" -msgstr "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">按字母顺序或数字顺序对选定段落排序。</ahelp> 最多可以定义三个排序关键字,并且排序关键字可以是字母和数字的组合。 </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">按字母顺序或数字顺序对选中段落排序。</ahelp> 最多可以定义三个排序关键字,并且排序关键字可以是字母和数字的组合。 </variable>" #: 06100000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22742,7 +22742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3153677\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows\">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows\">根据当前排序选项，排序表格中的行或选定的段落。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows\">根据当前排序选项，排序表格中的行或选中的段落。</ahelp>" #: 06100000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22774,7 +22774,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3155902\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs\">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs\">如果对应一个列表的选定段落被制表符分隔，请选择此选项。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs\">如果对应一个列表的选中段落被制表符分隔，请选择此选项。</ahelp>" #: 06100000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22790,7 +22790,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3159196\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator\">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator\">在选定区域中输入要用作分隔符的字符。</ahelp> 通过使用分隔符，$[officename] 可以确定选定段落中排序关键字的位置。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator\">在选中区域中输入要用作分隔符的字符。</ahelp> 通过使用分隔符，$[officename] 可以确定选中段落中排序关键字的位置。" #: 06100000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22870,7 +22870,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150021\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">计算选定的公式，并将其结果复制到剪贴板中。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">计算选中的公式，并将其结果复制到剪贴板中。</ahelp>" #: 06120000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -22934,7 +22934,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3154763\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:" -msgstr "您也可以在索引或目录上单击鼠标右键，然后选择<emph>更新索引/目录</emph>。上下文菜单中还包括以下命令：" +msgstr "您也可以在索引或目录上点击鼠标右键，然后选择「<emph>更新索引/目录</emph>」。右键菜单中还包括以下命令:" #: 06160000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23014,7 +23014,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3150249\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering." -msgstr "<variable id=\"zeinum\">在当前文档中添加或取消行编号，以及格式化行编号。要使段落不使用行编号，请在段落中单击，选择<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>，单击<emph>编号</emph>选项卡，然后清除<emph>在行编号中包括此段落</emph>复选框。</variable>您也可以使某个段落样式不使用行编号。" +msgstr "<variable id=\"zeinum\">在当前文档中添加或取消行编号，以及格式化行编号。要使段落不使用行编号，请在段落中点击，选择「<emph>格式 - 段落</emph>」，点击「<emph>编号</emph>」选项卡，然后清除<emph>在行编号中包括此段落</emph>复选框。</variable>您也可以使某个段落样式不使用行编号。" #: 06180000.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23550,7 +23550,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10558\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开子菜单，编辑选定对象的属性。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开子菜单，编辑选中对象的属性。</ahelp>" #: format_object.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23566,7 +23566,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id3542588\n" "help.text" msgid "Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object." -msgstr "为选定的绘图对象或文字对象中的文本设置版式和锁定属性。" +msgstr "为选中的绘图对象或文字对象中的文本设置版式和锁定属性。" #: format_object.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23582,7 +23582,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id2874538\n" "help.text" msgid "Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog." -msgstr "编辑选定对象的“艺术字”效果，该对象通过先前的“艺术字”对话框创建。" +msgstr "编辑选中对象的「艺术字」效果，该对象通过先前的「艺术字」对话框创建。" #: mailmerge00.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23606,7 +23606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10559\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">启动“邮件合并向导”创建格式信函或将电子邮件发送给多个收件人。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">启动「邮件合并向导」创建格式信函或将电子邮件发送给多个收件人。</ahelp>" #: mailmerge00.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23718,7 +23718,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1056F\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">找到您希望使用的 Writer 文档，并点击“<emph>打开</emph>”。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">找到您希望使用的 Writer 文档，并点击「<emph>打开</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: mailmerge01.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -23918,7 +23918,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1056C\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">选择地址列表</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中选择地址的数据源、添加新地址或键入新地址列表。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">选择地址列表</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中选择地址的数据源、添加新地址或输入新地址列表。</ahelp>" #: mailmerge03.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24462,7 +24462,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN106AF\n" "help.text" msgid "Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down." -msgstr "使用预览上下文菜单中的命令上下移动视图。" +msgstr "使用预览右键菜单中的命令上下移动视图。" #: mailmerge05.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24606,7 +24606,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10572\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选定字段。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选中字段。</ahelp>" #: mm_cusaddlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24622,7 +24622,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10579\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">重命名选定的文字字段。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">重命名选中的文字字段。</ahelp>" #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24678,7 +24678,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1055C\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">将称呼元素列表中的选定字段添加到其他列表。同一字段可多次添加。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">将称呼元素列表中的选中字段添加到其他列表。同一字段可多次添加。</ahelp>" #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24694,7 +24694,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10563\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从其他列表中删除选定字段。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从其他列表中删除选中字段。</ahelp>" #: mm_cusgrelin.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -24758,7 +24758,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1057F\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择一个项目，然后单击箭头按钮移动该项目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择一个项目，然后点击箭头按钮移动该项目。</ahelp>" #: mm_emabod.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25358,7 +25358,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10574\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once." -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">将“地址元素”列表中的选定字段添加到其他列表。</ahelp> 同一字段可多次添加。" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">将「地址元素」列表中的选中字段添加到其他列表。</ahelp> 同一字段可多次添加。" #: mm_newaddblo.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25374,7 +25374,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN1057B\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从其他列表中删除选定字段。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从其他列表中删除选中字段。</ahelp>" #: mm_newaddblo.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25422,7 +25422,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10590\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择项目，然后单击箭头按钮移动条目。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择项目，然后点击箭头按钮移动条目。</ahelp>" #: mm_newaddlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25478,7 +25478,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10574\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">单击按钮浏览记录，或输入记录的编号以显示记录。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">点击按钮浏览记录，或输入记录的编号以显示记录。</ahelp>" #: mm_newaddlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25510,7 +25510,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10582\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选定记录。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选中记录。</ahelp>" #: mm_newaddlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25862,7 +25862,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10552\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择要用作邮件合并地址的地址块，然后单击<emph>确定</emph>。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在列表中选择要用作邮件合并地址的地址块，然后点击「<emph>确定</emph>」。</ahelp>" #: mm_seladdblo.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25902,7 +25902,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10563\n" "help.text" msgid "Only include country/region if it is not:" -msgstr "仅包括非下列国家/地区：" +msgstr "仅包括非下列国家/地区:" #: mm_seladdblo.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25966,7 +25966,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN10598\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选定地址块版式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">删除选中地址块版式。</ahelp>" #: mm_seladdlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -26054,7 +26054,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_idN105B3\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">新建地址列表</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中编辑选定的地址列表。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">打开<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">新建地址列表</link>对话框，您可以在该对话框中编辑选中的地址列表。</ahelp>" #: mm_seladdlis.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -26134,7 +26134,7 @@ msgctxt "" "par_id2962126\n" "help.text" msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>" -msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从子菜单中选定选择模式：标准选择模式或方块选择模式。</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">从子菜单中选中选择模式: 标准选择模式或方块选择模式。</ahelp>" #: selection_mode.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -26670,7 +26670,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id341516900303248\n" "help.text" msgid "Text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文字" #: watermark.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -26686,7 +26686,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id171516900315575\n" "help.text" msgid "Font" -msgstr "" +msgstr "字体" #: watermark.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -26742,7 +26742,7 @@ msgctxt "" "hd_id321516900368799\n" "help.text" msgid "Color" -msgstr "" +msgstr "颜色" #: watermark.xhp msgctxt "" |